Escolar Documentos
Profissional Documentos
Cultura Documentos
Issue 07
Date 2019-01-21
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Contents
1 Change History.............................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 eRAN13.1 07 (2019-01-21)............................................................................................................................................1
1.2 eRAN13.1 06 (2018-11-12)............................................................................................................................................1
1.3 eRAN13.1 05 (2018-11-07)............................................................................................................................................2
1.4 eRAN13.1 04 (2018-08-27)............................................................................................................................................2
1.5 eRAN13.1 03 (2018-06-30)............................................................................................................................................3
1.6 eRAN13.1 02 (2018-05-25)............................................................................................................................................3
1.7 eRAN13.1 01 (2018-04-10)............................................................................................................................................4
1.8 eRAN13.1 Draft C (2018-03-30)....................................................................................................................................4
1.9 eRAN13.1 Draft B (2018-02-05)....................................................................................................................................4
1.10 eRAN13.1 Draft A (2018-01-15) (FDD)......................................................................................................................5
3 Overview....................................................................................................................................... 12
3.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................. 12
3.2 Usage Scenarios............................................................................................................................................................12
3.2.1 Intra-eNodeB CA Scenarios...................................................................................................................................... 12
3.2.2 Inter-eNodeB CA Scenarios...................................................................................................................................... 14
4 General Principles....................................................................................................................... 15
4.1 Architecture.................................................................................................................................................................. 15
4.2 Related Concepts.......................................................................................................................................................... 17
4.3 Band Combinations...................................................................................................................................................... 19
4.4 Configuration Modes.................................................................................................................................................... 23
4.5 Carrier Management for RRC_CONNECTED UEs.................................................................................................... 25
4.5.1 PCC Anchoring..........................................................................................................................................................25
4.5.1.1 Triggering Conditions.............................................................................................................................................28
4.5.1.2 CA-Group-based PCC Anchoring Procedure.........................................................................................................29
4.5.1.3 Adaptive PCC Anchoring Procedure......................................................................................................................31
4.5.2 SCell Management.................................................................................................................................................... 33
4.5.2.1 SCell Configuration................................................................................................................................................ 34
4.5.2.1.1 Triggering Conditions..........................................................................................................................................36
17 Parameters................................................................................................................................. 231
18 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 476
19 Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 922
20 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 923
1 Change History
This chapter describes changes not included in the "Parameters", "Counters", "Glossary", and
"Reference Documents" chapters. These changes include:
l Technical changes
Changes in functions and their corresponding parameters
l Editorial changes
Improvements or revisions to the documentation
Technical Changes
None
Editorial Changes
Revised the descriptions of parameters related to cells in special bands. For details, see
Parameters Related to Cells in Special Bands in 5.4.1.1.3 Common Parameters.
Technical Changes
Change Description Parameter Change RAT Base Station
Model
Editorial Changes
Added the description of impacts that occur when inter-eNodeB CA based on relaxed
backhaul is enabled together with other inter-eNodeB features. For details, see Network
Impacts in 13.2.2 Impacts.
Technical Changes
None
Editorial Changes
l Revised the description of the SCell configuration procedure when the PCell cannot set
up a data link to the top-priority candidate SCell. For details, see 4.5.2.1.3 Adaptive
SCell Configuration Procedure.
l Revised the description of rules for intelligent selection of uplink serving cell
combinations. For details, see 11.1.4 Intelligent Selection of Uplink Serving Cell
Combinations.
l Revised the description of base station model requirements. For details, see 12.3.3
Hardware.
l Deleted the description of high speed mobility and ultra high speed mobility from the
table of mutually exclusive functions. For details, see 13.3.2 Software.
l Revised the description of base station model requirements. For details, see 13.3.3
Hardware.
l Added a statement on the impact of downlink FDD+TDD CA in which a TDD carrier is
working as the PCC. For details, see 14.2.2 Impacts.
Technical Changes
Change Description Parameter Change RAT Base Station
Model
Editorial Changes
Added descriptions on the requirement of uplink FDD+TDD CA for MTA. For details, see:
l 15.2.2 Impacts
l 15.3.2 Software
l 15.3.5 Others
l 15.4.1.1 Data Preparation
l 15.4.1.2 Using MML Commands
Technical Changes
None
Editorial Changes
Revised the following sections:
l 5.2.2 Impacts
l Mutually Exclusive Functions in 9.3.2 Software
Technical Changes
None
Editorial Changes
Revised the following sections:
l Network-requested CA Band Combination Capability Signaling in 4.3 Band
Combinations
l Load-based SCell Configuration in 4.5.2.1 SCell Configuration
l 11.1.3 Intelligent Selection of Downlink Serving Cell Combinations
Technical Changes
None
Editorial Changes
Revised the following sections:
l Function Impacts in 5.2.2 Impacts
l Mutually Exclusive Functions in 5.3.2 Software
l Function Impacts in 6.2.2 Impacts
l Function Impacts in 7.2.2 Impacts
l Function Impacts in 8.2.2 Impacts
l Network Impacts in 11.2.2 Impacts
l Function Impacts in 13.2.2 Impacts
Technical Changes
None
Editorial Changes
Added deactivation command examples. For details, see the respective "Using MML
Commands" sections.
Technical Changes
Change Description Parameter Change RAT Base Station
Model
Editorial Changes
Revised the following sections:
l Network Impacts in 5.2.2 Impacts
l 12.4.1.2 Using MML Commands (FDD)
Technical Changes
Change Description Parameter Change Base Station
Model
Added precise scheduling for Added the CaEnhancedPreAl- l 3900 and 5900
CA UEs. For details, see: locSwitch option to the series base
l eNodeB-Level Algorithm ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoE stations
Switches in 5.4.1.1.3 xtSwitch parameter. l DBS3900
Common Parameters LampSite and
l 16.4 Scheduling Under CA DBS5900
LampSite
l BTS3912E
l BTS3911E
Added support for enhanced Added the CaEnhAperiodicC- l 3900 and 5900
aperiodic CQI reporting. For qiRptSwitch option to the series base
details, see Carrier CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch stations
Management Parameters in parameter. l DBS3900
5.4.1.1.3 Common Parameters. LampSite and
DBS5900
LampSite
l BTS3912E
l BTS3911E
Editorial Changes
Reorganized this document using a new template.
8 Downlink 5CC
Aggregation
3 Overview
3.1 Introduction
3GPP requires that LTE-Advanced networks provide a downlink peak data rate of 1 Gbit/s.
However, radio spectrum resources are so scarce that in most cases operators own only non-
adjacent portions of the spectrum. Due to the limited bandwidth available on any single
portion of the spectrum, the 1 Gbit/s data rate requirement is hard to meet.
To deal with this situation, 3GPP Release 10 introduced carrier aggregation (CA) for LTE-
Advanced networks. CA allows for aggregation of contiguous or non-contiguous component
carriers (CCs) to expand bandwidth to up to 100 MHz.
Table 3-1 lists the five scenarios and describes when Huawei eNodeBs support the scenarios.
Intra-eNodeB carriers (one provided FDD: supported when the Supported when the
by the site; another provided by ratio of macro cells to ratio of macro cells to
remote radio heads [RRHs]), shown RRHs is 1:1 RRHs is 1:N (N ≥ 1)
in Figure 3-5
For details about the CA-group-based and adaptive configuration modes, see 4.4
Configuration Modes.
The following figures show the intra-eNodeB CA scenarios. In the figures, F1 and F2 denote
two carrier frequencies.
Figure 3-4 Intra-eNodeB carriers (one for macro coverage; another for edge coverage)
Figure 3-5 Intra-eNodeB carriers (one provided by the site; another provided by RRHs)
Figure 3-6 Intra-eNodeB carriers (one provided only by the site; another provided by the site
and a repeater)
4 General Principles
4.1 Architecture
Functional Architecture
The functional architecture for CA includes:
l Primary component carrier (PCC) anchoring, secondary serving cell (SCell)
configuration, and transitions between SCell states. For details, see 4.5 Carrier
Management for RRC_CONNECTED UEs and 4.6 Carrier Management for
RRC_IDLE UEs.
l Special implementation of other features in CA scenarios. For details, see 16 Other Key
Techniques in CA Scenarios.
Huawei CA operates in accordance with the following constraints, which are stipulated in
3GPP TS 36.300 of Release 10 for LTE-Advanced:
l In the uplink or downlink, a CA UE can have no more than five CCs aggregated, with
each CC having a maximum bandwidth of 20 MHz.
l CA UEs support asymmetric CA. A UE may use different numbers of CCs in the uplink
and downlink. However, the number of CCs in the downlink must always be at least
equal to the number of CCs in the uplink. In addition, the uplink CCs must be included
in the set of downlink CCs.
l Each CC uses the same frame structure as 3GPP Release 8 carriers, ensuring backward
compatibility.
l 3GPP Release 8 or 9 UEs are allowed to transmit and receive data on Release 10 CCs.
Figure 4-1 Uplink and downlink air-interface protocol stack with CA enabled
SCell
A secondary serving cell (SCell) is a cell that an eNodeB configures for a CA UE through an
RRC Connection Reconfiguration message. This cell operates on a different frequency from
the PCell. It provides the CA UE with additional radio resources. In an SCell, there can be
downlink transmission only or both downlink and uplink transmission.
CC
Component carriers (CCs) are the carriers that are aggregated for a CA UE.
PCC
The primary component carrier (PCC) is the carrier of the PCell.
SCC
A secondary component carrier (SCC) is the carrier of an SCell.
PCC Anchoring
During PCC anchoring, the eNodeB selects a high-priority cell as the PCell for the UE.
Related Events
l Event A1
The signal quality of the serving cell exceeds a specific threshold.
l Event A2
The signal quality of the serving cell drops below a specific threshold.
l Event A3
The signal quality of the PCell's neighboring cell exceeds that of the PCell.
l Event A4
The signal quality of a neighboring cell exceeds a specific threshold.
l Event A5
The signal quality of the PCell drops below threshold 1 and the signal quality of a
neighboring cell exceeds threshold 2.
When CA is enabled, the CaA5HoEventSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter affects measurement configuration. This
– Ocn is the cell-specific offset for the neighboring cell. The offset is specified by the
EutranInterFreqNCell.CellIndividualOffset parameter.
– Hys is the hysteresis for event A6. The value of this variable is always 1 dB.
– Ms is the RSRP measurement result of the serving cell.
– Ocs is the cell-specific offset for the serving cell. The offset is specified by the
Cell.CellSpecificOffset parameter.
– Off is the offset for event A6. The offset is specified by the
CaMgtCfg.CarrAggrA6Offset parameter.
For details about events A1 to A5, see Mobility Management in Connected Mode.
For details about event A6, see section 5.5.4.6a "Event A6 (Neighbour becomes offset better
than SCell)" in 3GPP TS 36.331 V10.12.0.
None of the band combinations are direction-specific. Both uplink and downlink CA work
with the band combinations.
PrivateCaBandComb.CombBand3Bw
PrivateCaBandComb.CombBand4Bw
PrivateCaBandComb.CombBand5Bw
NOTE
For this function to take effect, operators must run man-machine language (MML) commands
to configure the UE-supported band combinations on eNodeBs.
The operators then must set the UeCompat.WhiteLstCaCombSwitch parameter to the IDs of
the band combinations. For example, if band combinations with
PrivateCaBandComb.PrivateCaCombId of 2 and 3 are defined, the
UeCompat.WhiteLstCaCombSwitch parameter must be set to PRIVATECACOMBID_2
and PRIVATECACOMBID_3 so that the two band combinations take effect only for
whitelisted UEs.
NOTE
For details about network-requested CA band combination capability signaling, see section 5.6.3.3
"Reception of the UECapabilityEnquiry by the UE" in 3GPP TS 36.331 V13.1.0.
– In the case of initial access, the number of CA band combinations reported by the
UE reaches 128, the maximum number allowed. Alternatively, the UE capability
information sent from the EPC to the eNodeB includes the requestedBands IE, and
these bands are different from the CA bands supported by the eNodeB.
– In the case of an incoming RRC connection reestablishment or handover, the target
eNodeB supports different frequency bands from those supported by the source
eNodeB.
3. The UE includes the requestedBands, supportedBandCombination, and
supportedBandCombinationAdd IEs in the UE Capability Information message and
sends this message to the eNodeB. The supportedBandCombination IE includes the 128
CA band combinations, and the supportedBandCombinationAdd IE conveys up to 256
combinations of the bands indicated in the requestedBands IE. These two IEs include a
maximum of 384 combinations in total.
With this function activated, UEs supporting more than 128 CA band combinations can enter
the CA state. However, as the eNodeB needs to store more CA band combinations for each
UE, the memory usage of the eNodeB increases slightly. Moreover, the additional procedure
for querying CA band combination capabilities has a negative impact on performance
indicators such as the number of signaling messages, access delay, and E-RAB setup success
rate. For example:
l L.Signal.Num.Uu increases.
l L.E-RAB.InitEst.TimeAvg increases.
l L.E-RAB.InitEst.TimeMax increases.
l L.E-RAB.Est.TimeAvg increases.
l L.E-RAB.Est.TimeMax increases.
l E-RAB Setup Success Rate decreases.
When this function is activated, it is recommended that the eNodeB be compatible with
reporting of compressed CA band combination fields. This compatibility is controlled by the
UeBandCombReducedR13Sw option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoExtSwitch
parameter.
NOTE
3GPP Release 13 has introduced the following IEs for compatibility with reporting of compressed CA
band combination fields:
l maximumCCsRetrieval-r13
l reducedIntNonContComb-r13
l skipFallbackCombinations-r13
l supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13
l requestReducedFormat-r13
l requestSkipFallbackComb-r13
l requestedMaxCCsDL-r13
l requestedMaxCCsUL-r13
l requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13
For details about these IEs, see section 5.6.3.3 in 3GPP TS 36.331 V13.1.0.
The following base station models do not support network-requested CA band combination
capability signaling:
l BTS3202E
l BTS3203E
This option became the recommended switch over the PccAnchorSwitch option as early as in
eRAN11.1.
For details about the PCC anchoring function controlled by the PccAnchorSwitch option of
the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter, see Carrier Aggregation for eRAN8.1.
If both the PccAnchorSwitch and EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch options are selected, only the
EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option takes effect.
To prioritize certain frequencies as PCCs, an operator can set high PCell priorities or PCC
priorities so that, by PCC anchoring for RRC_CONNECTED UEs, the eNodeB will select the
highest-priority cell as the PCell for a CA UE. (The PCell priorities are specified by the
CaGroupCell.PreferredPCellPriority parameter and required in CA-group-based
configuration mode. The PCC priorities are specified by the
PccFreqCfg.PreferredPccPriority parameter and required in adaptive configuration mode.)
This function takes the load of candidate PCells into consideration if the HoAdmitSwitch
option of the CellMlbHo.MlbMatchOtherFeatureMode parameter is selected. If a candidate
PCell is in the high load state (as defined by the criteria described in Intra-RAT Mobility Load
Balancing), the eNodeB does not select this cell as the PCell.
For the triggering conditions of this function, see 4.5.1.1 Triggering Conditions. For the
procedure of this function, see 4.5.1.2 CA-Group-based PCC Anchoring Procedure and
4.5.1.3 Adaptive PCC Anchoring Procedure.
During PCC anchoring for RRC_CONNECTED UEs, PCell selections may take cell load or
duplex mode priorities into consideration.
NOTE
A cell is in the high PCell load state if the number of CA UEs that treat the cell as their PCell
(referred to as PCell-served UEs in this document for clarity) exceeds the maximum number
allowed (specified by CaMgtCfg.CellMaxPccNumber) times the offload threshold (specified
by CaMgtCfg.PccUserNumberOffloadThd).
NOTE
If the CPU usage of a BBP reaches the threshold for flow control, the eNodeB performs flow control,
the first step of which is to prohibit new CA UEs from accessing cells on the BBP as their PCells.
(eMBMS) status for the UE. The eNodeB starts the PCC anchoring procedure if no bearer for
an eMBMS service has been established for the UE and either of the following conditions has
been fulfilled:
l No bearer with a QCI of 1 has been established for the UE. QCI 1 indicates a voice over
LTE (VoLTE) service or an emergency call.
l A bearer with a QCI of 1 has been established for the UE, and the
VolteSupportCaInterFreqMeasSw option of the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch
parameter has been selected.
For the detailed PCC anchoring procedures, see 4.5.1.2 CA-Group-based PCC Anchoring
Procedure and 4.5.1.3 Adaptive PCC Anchoring Procedure.
In the current serving cell of a CA UE, PCC anchoring is triggered by event A1 and event A1
is reported only once.
The PCell of a CA UE cannot be deactivated or removed. It changes only during handovers.
1. The eNodeB checks whether the current serving cell (for example, cell 1) has the highest
PCell priority, as specified by the CaGroupCell.PreferredPCellPriority parameter, of all
the cells in the CA group.
– If cell 1 has the highest PCell priority, the eNodeB retains cell 1 as the PCell for the
UE and does not perform further PCC anchoring.
– If cell 1 does not have the highest PCell priority, the eNodeB treats the cells that
have higher PCell priorities than cell 1 in the CA group as candidate PCells. The
eNodeB then arranges the candidates in descending order of PCell priority and goes
to the next step.
2. The eNodeB checks whether the UE is capable of working at the carrier frequency of the
top-priority candidate PCell (for example, cell 2).
1. The eNodeB checks whether the current serving carrier (for example, carrier 1) has the
highest PCC priority, as specified by the PccFreqCfg.PreferredPccPriority parameter,
of all the carriers identified by PccFreqCfg MOs.
– If carrier 1 has the highest PCC priority, the eNodeB retains the cell on carrier 1 as
the PCell for the UE and does not perform further PCC anchoring.
– If carrier 1 does not have the highest PCC priority, the eNodeB treats higher-priority
carriers as candidate PCCs for the UE, arranges them in descending order of PCC
priority, and goes to the next step.
2. The eNodeB checks whether the UE is capable of working at the top-priority candidate
PCC (for example, carrier 2).
– The UE is capable of working at carrier 2.
If a candidate PCC is not accompanied by candidate SCCs, the eNodeB does not deliver A5
measurement configurations related to this candidate PCC.
The triggering quantity parameter has the following values:
n RSRP: The A5 measurement configuration includes only an RSRP
configuration. The RSRP threshold for CA is specified by the
PccFreqCfg.PccA4RsrpThd parameter.
It is recommended that the PccFreqCfg.PccA4RsrpThd parameter be set to a
value greater than the RSRP threshold for coverage-based inter-frequency
handovers (specified by the InterFreqHoGroup.InterFreqHoA4ThdRsrp
parameter), to prevent a decrease in the handover success rate.
n RSRQ: The A5 measurement configuration includes only an RSRQ
configuration. The RSRQ threshold for CA is specified by the
PccFreqCfg.PccA4RsrqThd parameter.
n BOTH: The A5 measurement configuration includes both RSRP and RSRQ
configurations. The UE sends an A5 measurement report to the eNodeB when
either the measured RSRP or RSRQ exceeds the specified threshold for CA.
– The UE is not capable of working at carrier 2.
The eNodeB moves on to the next-priority candidate PCC.
3. After the eNodeB receives an A5 measurement report containing a cell on carrier 2, the
eNodeB hands the UE over to the cell.
If CA configurations are absent or incorrect in the target eNodeB or if a data link fails to
be set up between the cell and candidate SCells, CA does not work after the handover to
that cell.
If the eNodeB does not receive such an A5 report or if the handover to the cell fails, the
eNodeB deletes the A5 measurement configuration and evaluates the next-priority
candidate PCC in the same way.
If no cells on the candidate PCCs meet the conditions for triggering event A5 or no inter-
frequency handover is successful, the eNodeB terminates the PCC anchoring procedure and
the cell on carrier 1 eventually serves the UE as its PCell.
For the triggering conditions of this function, see 4.5.2.1.1 Triggering Conditions. For the
procedure of this function, see 4.5.2.1.2 CA-Group-based SCell Configuration Procedure
and 4.5.2.1.3 Adaptive SCell Configuration Procedure.
During SCell configuration, SCell selections may take cell load into consideration.
After this function is enabled, intra- or inter-eNodeB cells with routes set up between them
exchange their load status. The eNodeB checks the load status indicators of candidate SCells
and preferentially selects low-load cells as SCells.
For inter-eNodeB CA, this option must be selected only for the serving eNodeB of the PCell.
The evaluation of load status indicators for candidate SCells varies depending on the setting
of CellMLB.MlbTriggerMode.
l Set to PRB_ONLY
– High-load entering condition: physical resource block (PRB) usage ≥
CellMLB.InterFreqMLBThd + CellMLB.InterFreqOffloadOffset throughout 5s
– Low load condition: before the cell enters the high load state or after it exits the
high load state
High-load leaving condition: PRB usage < CellMLB.InterFreqMLBThd +
CellMLB.InterFreqOffloadOffset – CellMLB.LoadOffset throughout 5s
l Set to UE_NUMBER_ONLY
– High-load entering condition: Number of UEs in the cell ≥
CellMLB.InterFreqMlbUeNumThd + CellMLB.InterFrqUeNumOffloadOffset
throughout 5s
For the definition of the number of UEs in a cell, see Intra-RAT Mobility Load
Balancing.
– Low load condition: before the cell enters the high load state or after it exits the
high load state
High-load leaving condition: Number of UEs in the cell <
CellMLB.InterFreqMlbUeNumThd + CellMLB.InterFrqUeNumOffloadOffset
– CellMLB.MlbUeNumOffset throughout 5s
l Set to PRB_OR_UE_NUMBER
– A cell enters the high load state if it meets either of the following conditions
throughout 5s:
n PRB usage ≥ CellMLB.InterFreqMLBThd +
CellMLB.InterFreqOffloadOffset
n Number of UEs in the cell ≥ CellMLB.InterFreqMlbUeNumThd +
CellMLB.InterFrqUeNumOffloadOffset
– The cell is in the low load state if both of the following conditions are met:
n The cell meets the low load condition used when this parameter is set to
PRB_ONLY.
n The cell meets the low load condition used when this parameter is set to
UE_NUMBER_ONLY.
It is recommended that these parameters be set consistently for all of the cells on the network.
Load-based SCell configuration introduces special handling to the basic procedures described
in 4.5.2.1.2 CA-Group-based SCell Configuration Procedure and 4.5.2.1.3 Adaptive SCell
Configuration Procedure. The special handling varies depending on whether blind-
configurable candidate SCells have been set for the PCell of the CA UE:
l Blind-configurable candidate SCells have been set.
Blind SCell configuration takes place.
– If the number of blind-configurable candidate SCells under a given priority is
greater than the number of SCells to be configured, the eNodeB checks the load
status indicator of each candidate and delivers an RRC Connection Reconfiguration
message to preferentially configure low-load cells as SCells. If the candidates are in
the same load state (either high or low), the eNodeB randomly selects cells from
them as SCells.
– If the number of blind-configurable candidate SCells under a given priority is less
than or equal to the number of SCells to be configured, the eNodeB starts SCell
configuration without comparing the load states of the candidates.
Figure 4-7 Control of the maximum permissible number of PCell-served UEs over SCell
configuration
NOTE
l When comparing the number of UEs with the value of CaMgtCfg.CellMaxPccNumber, the
eNodeB does not consider the number of UEs that treat the cell as their SCell.
l When the value of CaMgtCfg.CellMaxPccNumber is decreased to less than the number of
PCell-served UEs that have been configured with SCells, the eNodeB does not take the
initiative to remove the SCells for the UEs.
l If the PCells of two CA UEs are working on the same frequency and with the same SCell, a
cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) collision may occur. To prevent abnormal
CA services, the eNodeB automatically changes the C-RNTI for one of the UEs.
l For a UE that supports FDD+TDD CA and is being served by a cell in one duplex mode, cells
in the other duplex mode can be configured as SCells if the UE allows the current serving cell
to act as the PCell, as indicated by tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12 in the PhyLayerParameters-
v12xy information element (IE) in the UE capability message.
If the UE does not allow the current serving cell to act as the PCell, operators can enable cells
in the other duplex mode to act as SCells by selecting the FddTddCaPcellDuplexFdd or
FddTddCaPcellDuplexTdd option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CompatibilityCtrlSwitch
parameter.
After CA groups (for CA-group-based configuration) or candidate PCCs and SCCs (for
adaptive configuration) are configured using MML commands, the eNodeB can configure
SCells for CA UEs that subsequently access the network, but not for CA UEs that had
accessed the network before the CA groups or candidate PCCs and SCCs were configured.
SCells can be configured for these UEs only if they access the network again or are handed
over.
If a cell that has been configured as an SCell for a CA UE in CA-group-based configuration
mode is deactivated and then activated again, the cell will not be configured as an SCell for
the UE again. This cell can be configured as an SCell for the UE only if the UE accesses the
network again or experiences a handover.
Figure 4-8 CA-group-based SCell configuration procedure for uplink/downlink 2CC aggregation
The eNodeB treats any cell that meets all the following conditions as a candidate SCell for the
PCell of a CA UE:
l The cell is in the same CA group as the PCell.
l The cell has not been configured as an SCell for the UE.
l The cell belongs to the public land mobile network (PLMN) serving the UE, or it
belongs to an equivalent PLMN.
The eNodeB arranges all candidate SCells in descending order of SCell priority (specified by
the CaGroupSCellCfg.SCellPriority parameter) and attempts to select a candidate SCell as
an SCell for the UE. Cells with the priority value of 0 cannot be configured as SCells.
The SCell configuration procedure varies depending on the parameter settings related to blind
SCell configuration.
l The SccBlindCfgSwitch option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter is
selected, and the CaGroupSCellCfg.SCellBlindCfgFlag parameter is set to TRUE for a
top-priority candidate SCell.
The eNodeB does not send the A4 measurement configuration related to the operating
frequency of this candidate SCell. Instead, the eNodeB directly delivers an RRC
Connection Reconfiguration message to configure this candidate cell as an SCell for the
UE. If multiple candidate SCells have the same top SCell priority and have their blind
configuration flag set to TRUE, the eNodeB randomly selects one cell from these
candidate SCells and attempts to configure this cell as an SCell for the UE in a blind
manner.
– If the SCell is configured successfully, the SCell configuration procedure ends.
– If the SCell fails to be configured, the eNodeB evaluates next-priority candidate
SCells in the same way.
It is recommended that blind SCell configuration be enabled to have SCells quickly
configured.
l The SccBlindCfgSwitch option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter is
deselected. Alternatively, the SccBlindCfgSwitch option is selected, but the
CaGroupSCellCfg.SCellBlindCfgFlag parameter is set to FALSE for all top-priority
candidate SCells.
The eNodeB does not support blind SCell configuration. In this situation, the eNodeB
delivers the A4 measurement configuration related to the operating frequencies of top-
priority candidate SCells. In the measurement configuration, the threshold for event A4
is the sum of CaMgtCfg.CarrAggrA4ThdRsrp and CaGroupSCellCfg.SCellA4Offset
configured on the PCell side, and the hysteresis is fixed at 1 dB. After receiving an A4
measurement report from the UE, the eNodeB determines whether to configure a
reported candidate cell as an SCell for the UE.
The configuration procedure is as follows:
a. The eNodeB delivers the A4 measurement configuration, instructing the UE to
measure all top-priority candidate SCells. In the measurement configuration, the
eNodeB may set up measurement gaps for the UE, depending on the inter-
frequency measurement capabilities reported by the UE.
n The UE requires measurement gaps.
○ The SCell configuration procedure ends if a bearer with QCI 1 has been
established for the UE and the VolteSupportCaInterFreqMeasSw
option of the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is deselected, or if
a bearer with QCI 65, 66, or an enhanced extended QCI has been
established for the UE.
procedure ends. The eNodeB then periodically evaluates whether the downlink or uplink
traffic volume of the UE meets the SCell activation conditions, which are described in 4.5.2.3
SCell Activation. If the SCell activation conditions are met, the eNodeB performs an SCell
configuration procedure again, attempting to configure SCells. This periodic configuration
process continues until the number of successfully configured SCells reaches the required
number. The period is specified by the CaMgtCfg.SccCfgInterval parameter.
Figure 4-9 Adaptive SCell configuration procedure for uplink/downlink 2CC aggregation
From the carriers defined in the SccFreqCfg MOs for the PCC of a CA UE, the eNodeB
selects carriers depending on whether operator information has been specified:
l Operator information has been specified (by the SccFreqCfg.CnOperatorList
parameter) for any of these carriers.
The eNodeB selects the carriers used by the operator that is serving the UE.
Among the selected carriers, the eNodeB treats those that have not been configured as
SCCs for the UE and are supported by the UE for CA as candidate SCCs. The eNodeB
then arranges all candidate SCCs in descending order of SCC priority (specified by the
SccFreqCfg.SccPriority parameter) and attempts to select a cell on a candidate SCC as
an SCell for the UE, as described in the follow-up procedure.
l No operator information has been specified for any of these carriers.
The eNodeB treats those that have not been configured as SCCs for the UE and are
supported by the UE for CA as candidate SCCs. The eNodeB then arranges all candidate
SCCs in descending order of SCC priority and attempts to select a cell on a candidate
SCC as an SCell for the UE, as described in the follow-up procedure.
1. The eNodeB checks whether a blind-configurable candidate cell (with
CaGroupSCellCfg.SCellBlindCfgFlag set to TRUE) on the top-priority candidate SCC
has been specified for the PCell of the UE.
– Such a cell has been specified.
The eNodeB delivers an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message to configure
this cell as an SCell for the UE, without delivering measurement configurations.
NOTE
If there are multiple blind-configurable candidate SCells on different candidate SCCs, the
eNodeB randomly selects one to configure as an SCell.
– No such cell has been specified or the blind configuration fails.
The eNodeB delivers the A4 measurement configuration, as described in the next
step. In the measurement configuration, the threshold for event A4 is equal to
CaMgtCfg.CarrAggrA4ThdRsrp plus SccFreqCfg.SccA4Offset configured on the
PCC side, and the hysteresis is fixed at 1 dB. If multiple candidate SCCs have the
same priority, the eNodeB will perform the subsequent steps on all candidates.
2. The eNodeB delivers the A4 measurement configuration, instructing the UE to measure
the candidate SCC. In addition, the eNodeB may set up measurement gaps for the UE,
depending on the inter-frequency measurement capabilities reported by the UE.
– The UE requires measurement gaps.
n The SCell configuration procedure ends if a bearer with QCI 1 has been
established for the UE and the VolteSupportCaInterFreqMeasSw option of
the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is deselected, or if a bearer with
QCI 65, 66, or an enhanced extended QCI has been established for the UE.
n The eNodeB sets up measurement gaps in the measurement configuration if a
bearer with QCI 1 has been established for the UE and the
VolteSupportCaInterFreqMeasSw option of the
CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, or if no bearer with QCI
1, 65, 66, or an enhanced extended QCI has been established for the UE.
NOTE
l If no neighboring cell has been configured on the candidate SCC, the eNodeB sets
up measurement gaps in the measurement configuration only if all the following
options are selected: CaBasedEventAnrSwitch and IntraRatEventAnrSwitch
options of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter, CaAnrGapOptSwitch
option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoExtSwitch parameter, and
INTRA_RAT_ANR_SW option of the CellAlgoSwitch.AnrFunctionSwitch
parameter.
l For adaptive configuration of inter-eNodeB SCells in a relaxed backhaul scenario,
during initial configuration at the local eNodeB, the control-plane link and user-
plane path are set up and checked for the eX2 or X2 interface between the
eNodeBs and information is exchanged between the PCell and the candidate SCell.
This takes a longer time than intra-eNodeB CA. Furthermore, the SCell cannot be
configured using a single round of gap-assisted measurements. Therefore, the
eNodeB instructs this UE to perform two rounds of gap-assisted measurements.
The first round is used for eX2 or X2 setup and check as well as information
exchange between the PCell and the candidate SCell. The second round is used for
SCell configuration. The interval between the two rounds is determined by the
CaMgtCfg.SccCfgInterval parameter.
After the eX2 or X2 interface is set up, the eNodeB sets a default delay, which is
less than 4 ms. It takes 8s to finish the measurement of the actual delay. If the
actual delay is longer than the default delay, there is no traffic of the UE in the
SCell during delay measurement. The SCell traffic of the UE will return to normal
after the delay measurement.
After the eX2 or X2 interface is set up, the eNodeB instructs subsequent CA UEs
to perform only one round of gap-assisted measurements during SCell
configuration.
– The UE does not require measurement gaps.
The eNodeB does not set up measurement gaps in the measurement configuration.
The AutoGapSwitch option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.HoModeSwitch parameter
affects the decision process of the inter-frequency measurement gap setup.
– If this option is selected, the eNodeB determines whether to set up the gaps based
on the reported UE capabilities.
– If this option is deselected, the eNodeB sets up the gaps, without considering UE
capabilities.
It is recommended that this option be deselected to ensure that only cells with
satisfactory signal quality can be configured as SCells.
After delivering the A4 measurement configuration related to the candidate SCC to the
UE, the eNodeB may receive an A2 measurement report, indicating unsatisfactory signal
quality of the PCell, for an inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover. In such a case, the
eNodeB will not configure any cell on the candidate SCC as an SCell for the UE, even if
the eNodeB later receives an A4 measurement report containing that cell.
3. After receiving an A4 measurement report that contains cells on the candidate SCC, the
eNodeB selects the reported cells that belong to the serving PLMN of the UE or an
equivalent PLMN as candidate SCells. The eNodeB then arranges the candidate SCells
in descending order of RSRP and acts depending on whether a data link can be set up:
– The PCell can set up a data link to the top-priority candidate SCell.
The eNodeB sends an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message to configure the
candidate cell as an SCell for the UE. If the SCell is configured successfully, the
procedure ends. If the SCell fails to be configured, the eNodeB tries the next-
priority candidate SCell.
– The PCell cannot set up a data link to the top-priority candidate SCell.
The eNodeB tries the next-priority candidate SCell.
If none of the candidate SCells can be configured as an SCell for the UE, the
subsequent procedure depends on the MultiCarrierFlexCaSwitch option setting of
the CAMGTCFG.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter.
n If this option is selected, the eNodeB evaluates the next-priority candidate
SCC.
n If this option is deselected, the SCell configuration procedure ends.
1. After receiving the A1 measurement report from the UE, the eNodeB searches for
serving cell combinations that are better than the current combination. The eNodeB then
sends the UE the measurement configurations that include the operating frequencies of
the better combinations. The method of finding better combinations is the same as
intelligent selection of serving cell combinations described in 10 Flexible CA.
2. The eNodeB starts a 3-second timer. If the UE sends an A4 measurement report before
the timer expires and the report contains all the cells in the optimal combination, the
eNodeB stops the timer and inter-frequency measurements. If the eNodeB has not
received such a report when the timer expires, it stops the inter-frequency measurements.
3. The eNodeB selects the PCell and SCells in the best combination among the reported
ones as target PCell and SCells. If the target PCell is different from the current PCell, the
eNodeB performs a handover to change the PCell. If the target PCell is the same as the
current PCell but a target SCell is different from the current SCells, the eNodeB changes
the SCell. If the target PCell and SCells are the same as the current ones, the eNodeB
retains them.
eNodeBs do not consider the load status indicators of candidate SCells during A6-based SCell
changes. For details about the load status indicators for candidate SCells, see Load-based
SCell Configuration in 4.5.2.1 SCell Configuration.
To ensure synchronization between the UE and the eNodeB, SCells are activated on the UE
and eNodeB sides simultaneously. If the eNodeB sends a MAC CE for SCell activation to the
UE in subframe n, then the SCell is activated on the UE and eNodeB sides in subframe (n +
x). The value of x is stipulated by physical layer protocols.
l For FDD, x is equal to 8.
Reconfiguration message to remove SCells immediately after deactivating these SCells based
on the traffic volume.
l To enable eNodeBs to detect the actual SCell activation status, operators must select the
SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch option for each eNodeB involved in CA. If operators select this
option only for the serving eNodeB of the PCell or an SCell, the probability of successfully
detecting activation status inconsistency decreases.
l Operators are advised to select the SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch option in scenarios other than
high uplink load. If this option is selected in high uplink load scenarios, the data rates in SCells
will drop.
If the eNodeB removes n SCells for a CA UE in the uplink or downlink mCC aggregation
state, the UE will be served by (m–n) carriers.
NOTE
When a bearer for an emergency call or with QCI 1, 65, 66, or an enhanced extended QCI is set up for a
CA UE whose SCells have been configured, the eNodeB does not remove the SCells.
In CA-group-based configuration mode, the following setting constraint applies: The threshold for event
A4 must be higher than the threshold for event A2. In addition, only the values in the range of [–143, –
43] take effect for both thresholds.
5.1 Principles
This function aggregates two intra- or inter-band carriers, as shown in Figure 5-1, to provide
higher bandwidth.
This function works between intra-eNodeB cells, between inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB
coordination scenarios, and between inter-eNodeB cells in relaxed backhaul scenarios.
The switch control over this function varies, as described in Table 5-1.
5.2.1 Benefits
This function enables CA UEs to reach higher downlink peak data rates.
Table 5-2 lists the theoretical peak data rates that a CA UE can reach using downlink 2CC
aggregation.
For FDD, these values assume a TBS suitable for the 20 MHz cell bandwidth (equivalent to
100 RBs in the frequency domain).
Table 5-2 Theoretical peak data rates for downlink 2CC aggregation (unit: Mbit/s)
RAT 2x2 MIMO 2x2 MIMO 4x4 MIMO 4x4 MIMO
+ 64QAM + 256QAM + 64QAM + 256QAM
The peak data rate that CA can achieve for a CA UE is subject to the peak data rate capability
of the board where the PCell for the CA UE is located. For example, if the PCell of a CA UE
is served by an LBBPd1 board that supports a downlink peak data rate of 450 Mbit/s, the peak
data rate that CA can achieve for the CA UE will not exceed 450 Mbit/s in the downlink. In
addition, if the UE capability is limited, the actual peak rates will be lower than the theoretical
values. The UE capability is indicated by ue-categoryDL. For details, see section 4.1A "ue-
CategoryDL and ue-CategoryUL" in 3GPP TS 36.306 V15.2.0.
5.2.2 Impacts
Network Impacts
This function has the following impacts on the network:
l System capacity
A CA UE with SCells configured has only one RRC connection to the network. It
consumes one sales unit of the license for the number of RRC_CONNECTED UEs.
However, the CA UE consumes a hardware resource unit in each of its serving cells. In
an extreme case with nCC aggregation for all UEs on the network, the maximum number
of UEs that can access the network decreases to 1/n (n is an integer.) When all hardware
resources are used, the eNodeB preferentially releases CA UEs in their SCells to
maximize the number of UEs that can access the network.
l Resource usage
– Physical resource block (PRB) usage
n Overall PRB usage of the entire network
In commercial networks, most services on CA UEs are burst services, and
there is little probability that PRBs in all CCs of a UE will be exhausted
simultaneously. When CA is enabled, cell load can be rapidly balanced
through carrier management and scheduling, utilizing idle resources and
increasing the overall PRB usage of the network.
n PRB usage of SCells
If the Dl2CCAckResShareSw option of the
CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, more UEs on the
network enter the CA state but the user-perceived data rates of CA UEs
decrease. In addition, due to possible errors in the estimated scheduling
priorities of CA UEs, the PRBs in SCells for the UEs may not be fully utilized
when the SCells are each serving a small number of non-CA UEs and the non-
CA UE traffic is light.
– SRI period
It is recommended that the SriPeriodCfgOptSW option of the
CellPucchAlgo.SriAlgoSwitch parameter be selected. If it is deselected, the SRI
period may be prolonged, and the RAB setup success rate and the service drop rate
may deteriorate.
– PUCCH, physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), and physical downlink control
channel (PDCCH) overheads
Each CA UE sends the acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/
NACK) and channel state information (CSI) related to its SCells in its PCell. When
the PUSCH is not scheduled, the UE sends the information over the PUCCH. When
the PUSCH is scheduled, the UE sends the information over the PUSCH. Therefore,
PUCCH overhead or PUSCH associated signaling overhead increases. For UEs in
the CA state, there will be more NACKs/DTXs among HARQ feedback sent in the
uplink, and therefore PDCCH overhead increases.
l Network performance
– Overall throughput in the entire network
CA does not directly affect network capacity. However, when resources on a
network have not been exhausted, CA increases the resource usage and overall
network throughput.
– Number of CQI reports
In accordance with section 10.1.1 "PUCCH format information" of 3GPP TS
36.213 V10.10.0, CA UEs cannot send CSI reports together with ACK/NACK over
the PUCCH with format 1b. The UEs discard CSI reports as stipulated by 3GPP
specifications. CSI reports include periodic CQI reports. As a result, the number of
CQI reports from CA UEs decreases, as indicated by the values of the
L.ChMeas.CQI.DL.0 to L.ChMeas.CQI.DL.15 counters, after CA is enabled.
When the number of CQI reports from CA UEs decreases, the total number of CQI
reports in the entire network may decrease, increase, or remain unchanged,
depending on the radio conditions of the CA UEs and the ratio of CA UEs to all
UEs. For example, if CA UEs are located in cell centers and account for a large
proportion of all UEs, the total number of CQI reports may also decrease. If CA
UEs are not located in cell centers or they account for a small proportion, the total
number of CQI reports may increase or remain unchanged.
– Downlink cell performance
The downlink IBLER of a cell will fluctuate if the 2CCDlCaEnhanceSwitch
option of the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected.
– Key performance indicator (KPI) fluctuation
The PCell and SCells of each CA UE may not have the same channel quality.
Therefore, CQIs fluctuate after SCells are configured for CA UEs. If the channel
quality in the SCells of a CA UE is higher than that in the PCell, network
performance improves in terms of Cell Downlink Average Throughput, the
number of RRC connection reestablishments, uplink IBLER, downlink IBLER, the
uplink packet loss rate, the downlink packet loss rate, and the service drop rate. If
the channel quality in the SCells is lower than that in the PCell, these performance
indicators deteriorate.
l Data rates of CA UEs
– When resources on a network have not been exhausted, CA in the network
increases the data rates of CA UEs.
– When resources on a network have been exhausted, the data rates of CA UEs are
dependent on scheduling policies (described in 16.4 Scheduling Under CA) and
UE locations.
In the full load situation, activating an SCell may result in a decrease in the overall
throughput of this cell if the UE is located at the edge of this cell. However, if the
UE is located in the cell center or at a place of a medium distance to the center of
this cell, activating an SCell may result in an increase.
– If the CaMgtCfg.CaMimoPriorityStrategySw parameter is set to MIMO_PRIOR,
the user-perceived data rates of CA UEs may decrease because of the low
probability of using rank 3 or 4 on commercial networks.
l VoLTE UEs
After CA takes effect, the mode of ACK feedback for downlink transmissions changes.
As a result, more bits are transmitted over the PUSCH. The demodulation performance
of uplink data on the PUSCH deteriorates to a certain extent. This impact is relatively
noticeable for VoLTE services, which use small packets. To minimize the impact on
uplink data demodulation, eNodeBs reduce MCS indexes so that IBLER values converge
on the target value. However, the reduction in MCS indexes causes more RBs to be
occupied by cell-edge VoLTE UEs.
Function Impacts
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
5.3 Requirements
5.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
None
5.3.3 Hardware
Boards
Board configurations must meet the following requirements:
l Use cells on LBBPd and UBBP boards as PCells for UEs. LBBPd and UBBP have larger
UE capacities and better processing capabilities than LBBPc. Cells on LBBPc boards
cannot act as PCells.
To ensure normal CA operation, operators must select the EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch
option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter and set lower PCell
priorities (specified by CaGroupCell.PreferredPCellPriority) or PCC priorities
(specified by PccFreqCfg.PreferredPccPriority) for cells on LBBPc boards than for
cells on LBBPd or UBBP boards.
l CA works between either intra- or inter-BBP cells.
– For intra-BBP CA, use a BBP other than LBBPc.
n If the eNodeB is equipped with a BBU3900, the LTE BBP can be deployed in
any slot (0 to 5) of the BBU. To facilitate future capacity expansion, it is
recommended that the LTE BBP be deployed in slot 2 or 3 and be an LBBPd
or UBBP.
n If the eNodeB is equipped with a BBU3910 or BBU5900, there are no special
requirements.
– For inter-BBP CA, use any combination of LBBPc, LBBPd, and UBBP boards,
except a combination of pure LBBPc boards.
n In adaptive configuration mode, an LBBPd or UBBP can work with a
maximum of 16 other LBBPs or UBBPs for CA. An LBBPc can work with a
maximum of 3 other LBBPs or UBBPs for CA.
When an eNodeB is restarted, all served cells are reactivated and may be randomly distributed
on BBPs. Inter-frequency cells for CA may all be reestablished on LBBPc boards. If this
happens, CA will not work between these cells. To prevent this, operators are advised to use a
fixed binding between cells and slots. The procedure is as follows:
1. Run the LST EUCELLSECTOREQM command on a macro eNodeB or the LST
EUSECTOREQMGROUP command on a LampSite eNodeB to check the existing cell
binding configuration.
– If the baseband equipment ID in the command output is a value from 0 to 23, the
specified cell has been bound to the specified baseband equipment. No further
action is required.
– If the baseband equipment ID is 255, the specified cell has not been bound to any
baseband equipment. Then, go to the next step.
2. Run the ADD BASEBANDEQM command to add baseband equipment.
The baseband equipment ID must be different from any other assigned IDs.
3. Run the MOD EUCELLSECTOREQM command on the macro eNodeB or the MOD
EUSECTOREQMGROUP command on the LampSite eNodeB to bind the cell to the
new baseband equipment.
The cell will then be reestablished. Then, the new binding takes effect.
RF Modules
To meet the time alignment requirements (see 5.3.4 Networking), intra-band CA requires one
of the following radio frequency (RF) module configurations:
l One multi-carrier RF module
l Multiple active antenna units (AAUs) of the same product model
l Multiple RRUs of the same product model
l Multiple radio frequency units (RFUs) with the same hardware version number
For example, the two RFUs are a combination of MRFU V6 and MRFUd V6. The
hardware version number (such as V1, V2, or V6) can be observed on the RFU panel.
NOTE
5.3.4 Networking
Frequencies
l There must be at least two frequencies on the live network.
l In accordance with section 5.7.1A in 3GPP TR 36.101, the nominal channel spacing
between the center frequencies of two intra-band contiguous CCs must be an integer
multiple of 300 kHz.
For example, the nominal channel spacing between two contiguous 20 MHz CCs could
be 19.8 MHz, and that between two contiguous CCs with a bandwidth combination of 20
MHz and 10 MHz could be 14.4 MHz.
Nominal channel spacing is calculated as follows:
Coverage
The coverage areas provided by the cells to be aggregated must overlap. The areas where CA
takes effect are dependent on the overlapping ranges. The smaller the overlapping range, the
smaller the CA area.
Cells
l Any cells possible for CA must have the same cyclic prefix (CP) length: either normal or
extended.
l Candidate SCells must be inter-frequency neighboring cells of PCells.
There is one exception: After a CA UE reports its CA capabilities during initial access,
the eNodeB sends an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message to configure a blind-
configurable candidate SCell, if any, as an SCell to work with the PCell. This candidate
SCell is not necessarily an inter-frequency neighboring cell of the PCell. However, in
any subsequent SCell configuration procedure for this UE, the candidate SCells must be
inter-frequency neighboring cells of the PCell.
l Intra-frequency cell requirements
– Inter-BBP data exchange for this function is bandwidth-consuming. If this function
is activated together with CoMP or SFN, the available backplane bandwidth may be
insufficient. To prevent this, it is recommended that intra-frequency cells be
configured on the same BBP.
– Network planning must mitigate physical cell identifier (PCI) conflicts. When the
PCI of a candidate SCell conflicts with the PCI of an intra-frequency neighboring
cell, the eNodeB will configure this candidate cell as an SCell only if all of the
following options have been selected:
n CaBasedEventAnrSwitch and IntraRatEventAnrSwitch options of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.AnrSwitch parameter
n INTRA_RAT_ANR_SW option of the CellAlgoSwitch.AnrFunctionSwitch
parameter
5.3.5 Others
l UEs
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 10 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak data rates
that CA can achieve.
NOTE
As stipulated in 3GPP TS 36.306, CA UEs must report the supportedBandCombination IE, which
contains the UE-supported band combinations and bandwidth classes for eNodeBs to perform CA.
l EPC
For this function to reach its theoretical peak data rate described in 5.2.1 Benefits, the
maximum bit rate that each UE subscribes to in the EPC cannot be lower than this
theoretical value.
Cell Level CA CaMgtCfg.Cell CaDl2CCExtS Select this option for each possible
Algorithm CaAlgoSwitch witch pair of PCell and SCell on carriers
Switch that meet either of the following
conditions:
l For FDD: 20 MHz <
aggregated bandwidth of two
FDD carriers ≤ 40 MHz
SCell Aging Time CaMgtCfg.SCellAg This parameter specifies the aging time for
ingTime SCells that have been dynamically
configured for CA. If carrier aggregation
does not occur between a pair of cells
throughout the aging time, the eNodeB
cancels the CA relationship between the
cells.
l The greater the value, the lower the
probability of canceling the CA
relationship. To reduce the number of
outdated SCells that were dynamically
configured, increase the value of this
parameter.
l The smaller the value, the higher the
probability of canceling the CA
relationship.
If the value of this parameter is decreased,
the SCells whose aging time has exceeded
the new value before the change will be
removed soon.
RLC/PDCP Parameters
Set parameters in the RlcPdcpParaGroup MO.
Frame Offset
Set parameters in the ENodeBFrameOffset MO.
FDD Frame Offset ENodeBFrameOffs This parameter specifies the offset of the
et.FddFrameOffset frame start time for all LTE FDD cells
served by the eNodeB relative to the time of
the reference clock.
FDD CA and FDD+TDD CA require time
synchronization between the cells involved.
An identical frame offset must be set for all
the cells. Otherwise, FDD CA and FDD
+TDD CA do not work.
Set this parameter based on the network
plan.
TDD Frame Offset ENodeBFrameOffs This parameter specifies the offset of the
et.TddFrameOffset frame start time for all LTE TDD cells
served by the eNodeB relative to the time of
the reference clock.
If uplink and downlink timeslots are not
aligned between TDD systems, inter-system
interference may occur. Operators can
adjust this parameter to minimize the error
in timeslot alignment between the TDD
systems.
Set this parameter based on the network
plan.
Frame Offset Mode CellFrameOffset.F This parameter specifies the type of the
rameOffsetMode frame offset for the cell. There are three
options:
l CustomFrameOffset: indicates a user-
defined frame offset. This is the only
value that applies to FDD cells.
l TL_FrameOffst: indicates the frame
offset automatically determined based on
the subframe configuration in a TD-
SCDMA + LTE TDD dual-RAT
network.
l TL_FrameOffset_SA2_SSP5: indicates
the frame offset automatically
determined based on uplink-downlink
configuration 2 and special subframe
configuration 5 in a TD-SCDMA + LTE
TDD dual-RAT network.
Set this parameter based on the network
plan.
Compatibility Parameters
Set parameters in the GlobalProcSwitch MO.
Protocol GlobalPro CaGapMeasPri Select this option if there are a large number
Compatibil cSwitch.P OffSwitch of Samsung Galaxy S4 UEs on the network
ity Switch rotocolCo and blind SCell configuration is disabled.
mpatibility
Sw CaHoReqWithR Select this option if the network equipment
9ConfigSwitch is provided by different vendors.
Black List UeCompa CA_SWITCH_O Select this option if some UEs do not
Control t.BlkLstCt FF support CA because of their software or
Switch rlSwitch hardware defects. With this option
selected, these UEs are blacklisted so that
the eNodeB will not perform PCC
anchoring or SCell configuration for them,
preventing the UE incompatibility issue
from affecting network performance.
Cells and sector equipment in each of these special bands must be configured as follows:
Step 2 Set up inter-frequency neighbor relationships. In this step, set No remove indicator to
FORBID_RMV_ENUM. Otherwise, ANR may automatically remove neighbor
relationships, in which case CA does not work.
ADD EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=0, Mcc="460", Mnc="20", eNodeBId=1234,
CellId=1, NoRmvFlag=FORBID_RMV_ENUM;
ADD EUTRANINTERFREQNCELL: LocalCellId=1, Mcc="460", Mnc="20", eNodeBId=1234,
CellId=0, NoRmvFlag=FORBID_RMV_ENUM;
----End
Step 4 Configure candidate SCells for the CA group. Ensure that each candidate SCell has been
configured as an inter-frequency neighboring cell of the corresponding PCell.
----End
----End
Step 3 Add a candidate SCC for each candidate PCC and set SCC attributes.
ADD SCCFREQCFG: PccDlEarfcn=123, SccDlEarfcn=567, SccPriority=2, SccA2Offset=-10,
SccA4Offset=-5;
ADD SCCFREQCFG: PccDlEarfcn=456, SccDlEarfcn=789, SccPriority=3, SccA2Offset=-20,
SccA4Offset=-10;
Step 4 Set blind-configurable candidate SCells. Ensure that each candidate SCell has been
configured as an inter-frequency neighboring cell of the corresponding PCell.
ADD CAGROUPSCELLCFG: LocalCellId=0, SCelleNodeBId=1234, SCellLocalCellId=1,
SCellBlindCfgFlag=TRUE;
ADD CAGROUPSCELLCFG: LocalCellId=1, SCelleNodeBId=1234, SCellLocalCellId=0,
SCellBlindCfgFlag=TRUE;
Step 6 (Optional) If the aggregated bandwidth of any pair of cells on two possible CCs is between 20
MHz and 40 MHz (inclusive), turn on CaDl2CCExtSwitch for both cells.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl2CCExtSwitch-1;
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=1, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl2CCExtSwitch-1;
----End
----End
Counter Observation
If the counters listed in Table 5-8 produce non-zero values on a network that is serving CA
UEs, downlink 2CC aggregation has taken effect in the network.
1526728426 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.Avg
1526728427 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.Avg
1526728424 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.PCell.Used.Avg
1526728425 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.SCell.Used.Avg
Message Tracing
After a CA UE accesses a cell, the eNodeB configures a cell that meets CA conditions as an
SCell for the UE. When traffic conditions are met, the eNodeB activates this SCell.
You can use the U2000 to verify SCell configuration and activation:
l Observe the RRC_CONN_RECFG message traced on the Uu interface.
– If the RRC_CONN_RECFG message contains the sCellToAddModList IE, the
SCell has been configured.
– If the RRC_CONN_RECFG message contains the sCellToReleaseList IE, the SCell
has been removed.
l Observe the number of RBs and total TBS for the CA UE in the PCell and SCell. If the
numbers are not zero, the SCell has been activated.
Table 5-9 Counters used to monitor performance of downlink 2CC aggregation (non-
MOCN)
Counter ID Counter Name
1526726740 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.Used.Avg
1526728516 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.Max
1526728426 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.Avg
1526728517 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.Max
1526728427 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.Avg
1526728424 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.PCell.Used.Avg
1526728425 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.SCell.Used.Avg
1526728564 L.Thrp.bits.DL.CAUser
1526728565 L.Thrp.Time.DL.CAUser
1526728514 L.E-RAB.AbnormRel.CAUser
1526728515 L.E-RAB.NormRel.CAUser
1526728520 L.HHO.ExecSuccOut.CAUser.PCC
1526728519 L.HHO.ExecAttOut.CAUser.PCC
1526728518 L.HHO.PrepAttOut.CAUser.PCC
1526729602 L.HHO.InterFddTdd.PrepAttOut.CA
User.PCC
1526729603 L.HHO.InterFddTdd.ExecAttOut.CA
User.PCC
1526729604 L.HHO.InterFddTdd.ExecSuccOut.CA
User.PCC
1526729045 L.CA.DLSCell.Add.Att
1526729046 L.CA.DLSCell.Add.Succ
1526729047 L.CA.DLSCell.Rmv.Att
1526729048 L.CA.DLSCell.Rmv.Succ
1526730592 L.CA.DLSCell.Add.Meas.Att
1526730593 L.CA.DLSCell.Add.Meas.Succ
1526730594 L.CA.DLSCell.Rmv.Meas.Att
1526730595 L.CA.DLSCell.Rmv.Meas.Succ
1526730590 L.CA.DLSCell.Add.Blind.Att
1526730591 L.CA.DLSCell.Add.Blind.Succ
1526730596 L.CA.DLSCell.Mod.Att
1526730597 L.CA.DLSCell.Mod.Succ
1526728999 L.CA.DLSCell.Act.Att
1526729000 L.CA.DLSCell.Act.Succ
1526729001 L.CA.DLSCell.Deact.Att
1526729002 L.CA.DLSCell.Deact.Succ
1526732658 L.CA.Traffic.bits.DL.PCell
1526729259 L.CA.Traffic.bits.DL.SCell
1526729003 L.CA.DL.PCell.Act.Dur
1526729004 L.CA.DL.SCell.Act.Dur
1526732656 L.Traffic.User.SCell.Active.DL.Avg
1526732657 L.Traffic.User.SCell.Active.DL.Max
In addition, monitor the function subsets listed in Table 5-10, which are included in
"Measurement of Cell Performance (Cell)", to collect CQI, MCS, and MAC statistics
about PCells and SCells.
1526739796 L.RB.DL.PCell.CAUsed.PLMN
1526739797 L.RB.DL.SCell.CAUsed.PLMN
1526739766 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.Avg.PLMN
1526739767 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.Avg.PLMN
1526739743 L.Thrp.bits.DL.CAUser.PLMN
1526739744 L.Thrp.Time.DL.CAUser.PLMN
1526739798 L.Traffic.bits.CA.DL.PCell.PLMN
1526739799 L.Traffic.bits.CA.DL.SCell.PLMN
1526739800 L.Traffic.bits.DL.PLMN
1526739769 L.E-RAB.AbnormRel.CAUser.PLMN
1526739771 L.E-RAB.NormRel.CAUser.PLMN
1526739773 L.CA.DLSCell.Add.Att.PLMN
1526739774 L.CA.DLSCell.Add.Succ.PLMN
1526739775 L.CA.DLSCell.Rmv.Att.PLMN
1526739776 L.CA.DLSCell.Rmv.Succ.PLMN
6.1 Principles
This function aggregates three intra- or inter-band carriers, as shown in Figure 6-1, to provide
higher bandwidth.
This function works between intra-eNodeB cells, between inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB
coordination scenarios, and between inter-eNodeB cells in relaxed backhaul scenarios.
The switch control over this function varies as described in Table 6-1.
6.2.1 Benefits
This function enables CA UEs to reach higher downlink peak data rates.
Table 6-2 lists the theoretical peak data rates that a CA UE can reach using downlink 3CC
aggregation.
For FDD, these values assume a TBS suitable for the 20 MHz cell bandwidth (equivalent to
100 RBs in the frequency domain).
Table 6-2 Theoretical peak data rates for downlink 3CC aggregation (unit: Mbit/s)
The peak data rate that CA can achieve for a CA UE is subject to the peak data rate capability
of the board where the PCell for the CA UE is located. For example, if the PCell of a CA UE
is served by an LBBPd1 board that supports a downlink peak data rate of 450 Mbit/s, the peak
data rate that CA can achieve for the CA UE will not exceed 450 Mbit/s in the downlink. In
addition, if the UE capability is limited, the actual peak rates will be lower than the theoretical
values. The UE capability is indicated by ue-categoryDL. For details, see section 4.1A "ue-
CategoryDL and ue-CategoryUL" in 3GPP TS 36.306 V15.2.0.
6.2.2 Impacts
This section describes the network and function impacts of this function itself.
For the network and function impacts of the prerequisite functions, see the corresponding
"Impacts" sections.
Network Impacts
This function requires additional RBs for PUCCH format-3 overhead. Therefore, the
downlink IBLER of the PCell fluctuates. The impact of this function on the PUCCH overhead
varies depending on the setting of the PucchSwitch option of the
CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch parameter:
l Option selected to enable adaptive allocation of PUCCH resources
The cell spares one RB for PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result, the number of RBs
available for the PUSCH decreases by at least one. (This number must be a multiple of 2,
3, or 5. For details, see section 5.3.3 "Transform precoding" in 3GPP TS 36.211 V10.1.0
(2011-03).) The total uplink throughput decreases.
l Option deselected to use fixed allocation of PUCCH resources
For FDD, the cell changes the usage of one PUCCH RB from periodic CQI reporting to
PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result, fewer RBs of the cell are used for periodic CQI
reporting, and more UEs have to use aperiodic CQI reporting. Downlink UE throughput
may slightly decrease.
Function Impacts
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
FDD UMTS and LTE UL_SPECTR UMTS and LTE Cells with 5 MHz
Spectrum UM_SHARIN Spectrum bandwidth are not
Sharing (LTE G option of the Sharing recommended as PCells.
FDD) SpectrumClou If these cells act as
d.SpectrumClo PCells, the PUCCH
udSwitch overhead is so large that
parameter SRSs cannot be
configured.
6.3 Requirements
l If the aggregated bandwidth exceeds 40 MHz but does not exceed 60 MHz, each FDD
cell requires one sales unit for each of the following features:
– LAOFD-001001 LTE-A Introduction
– LAOFD-080207 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 40MHz
– LAOFD-080208 Carrier Aggregation for Downlink 3CC in 60MHz
l If the aggregated bandwidth of any two of the three cells exceeds 20 MHz, each of the
two cells also requires one sales unit of the license for LAOFD-001002 Carrier
Aggregation for Downlink 2CC in 40MHz.
It is recommended that Flexible CA from Multiple Carriers also be licensed. Otherwise, the
function described in this chapter may not take effect.
Table 6-3 lists the license models and sales units for these features.
6.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
RAT Function Name Function Switch Reference
6.3.3 Hardware
Boards
For details, see Boards in 5.3.3 Hardware.
RF Modules
For details, see RF Modules in 5.3.3 Hardware.
6.3.4 Networking
For details, see 5.3.4 Networking.
6.3.5 Others
l UEs
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak data rates
that CA can achieve.
l EPC
For this function to reach a theoretical peak data rate described in 6.2.1 Benefits, the
maximum bit rate that each UE subscribes to in the EPC cannot be lower than this
theoretical value.
In addition, for either mode, prepare data as described in Table 6-4 for function activation.
Moreover, for adaptive CA, prepare data as described in Table 6-5 for each possible set of
PCell and SCells on carriers whose aggregated bandwidth is between 40 MHz and 60 MHz
(inclusive).
----End
Step 3 (Optional) If the aggregated bandwidth of any set of cells on three possible CCs is between 40
MHz and 60 MHz (inclusive), turn on CaDl3CCExtSwitch for all these cells.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl3CCExtSwitch-1;
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=1, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl3CCExtSwitch-1;
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=2, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl3CCExtSwitch-1;
----End
1526732907 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.3CC.Avg
1526732915 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.3CC.Active.Avg
Message Tracing
For the tools and IEs to observe, see Message Tracing in 5.4.2 Activation Verification.
1526732907 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.3CC.Avg
1526732908 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.3CC.Max
1526732915 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.3CC.Active.Avg
1526732916 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.3CC.Active.Max
1526732917 L.CA.DL.PCell.3CC.Act.Dur
1526733012 L.Thrp.bits.DL.3CC.CAUser
7.1 Principles
This function aggregates four intra- or inter-band carriers, as shown in Figure 7-1, to provide
higher bandwidth.
This function works between intra-eNodeB cells, between inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB
coordination scenarios, and between inter-eNodeB cells in relaxed backhaul scenarios.
This function takes effect when both of the following options are selected:
l The CaDl3CCSwitch option of the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter, which
controls downlink 3CC aggregation
l The CaDl4CCSwitch option of the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter, which
controls downlink 4CC aggregation
7.2.1 Benefits
This function enables CA UEs to reach higher downlink peak data rates.
Table 7-1 lists the theoretical peak data rates that a CA UE can reach using downlink 4CC
aggregation.
For FDD, these values assume a TBS suitable for the 20 MHz cell bandwidth (equivalent to
100 RBs in the frequency domain).
Table 7-1 Theoretical peak data rates for downlink 4CC aggregation (unit: Mbit/s)
RAT 2x2 MIMO 2x2 MIMO 4x4 MIMO 4x4 MIMO
+ 64QAM + 256QAM + 64QAM + 256QAM
The peak data rate that CA can achieve for a CA UE is subject to the peak data rate capability
of the board where the PCell for the CA UE is located. For example, if the PCell of a CA UE
is served by an LBBPd1 board that supports a downlink peak data rate of 450 Mbit/s, the peak
data rate that CA can achieve for the CA UE will not exceed 450 Mbit/s in the downlink. In
addition, if the UE capability is limited, the actual peak rates will be lower than the theoretical
values. The UE capability is indicated by ue-categoryDL. For details, see section 4.1A "ue-
CategoryDL and ue-CategoryUL" in 3GPP TS 36.306 V15.2.0.
7.2.2 Impacts
This section describes the network and function impacts of this function itself.
For the network and function impacts of the prerequisite functions, see the corresponding
"Impacts" sections.
Network Impacts
This function requires additional RBs for PUCCH format-3 overhead. Therefore, the
downlink IBLER of the PCell fluctuates. The impact of this function on the PUCCH overhead
varies depending on the setting of the PucchSwitch option of the
CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch parameter:
l Option selected to enable adaptive allocation of PUCCH resources
The cell spares one RB for PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result, the number of RBs
available for the PUSCH decreases by at least one. (This number must be a multiple of 2,
3, or 5. For details, see section 5.3.3 "Transform precoding" in 3GPP TS 36.211 V10.1.0
(2011-03).) The total uplink throughput decreases.
l Option deselected to use fixed allocation of PUCCH resources
For FDD, the cell changes the usage of one PUCCH RB from periodic CQI reporting to
PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result, fewer RBs of the cell are used for periodic CQI
reporting, and more UEs have to use aperiodic CQI reporting. Downlink UE throughput
may slightly decrease.
Function Impacts
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
FDD UMTS and LTE UL_SPECTR UMTS and LTE Cells with 5 MHz
Spectrum UM_SHARIN Spectrum bandwidth are not
Sharing (LTE G option of the Sharing recommended as PCells.
FDD) SpectrumClou If these cells act as
d.SpectrumClo PCells, the PUCCH
udSwitch overhead is so large that
parameter SRSs cannot be
configured.
7.3 Requirements
7.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
RAT Function Function Switch Reference
Name
7.3.3 Hardware
Boards
The requirements described in Boards of 5.3.3 Hardware must be fulfilled. In addition, do
not use LBBPc boards, which do not support this function.
RF Modules
For details, see RF Modules in 5.3.3 Hardware.
7.3.4 Networking
For details, see 5.3.4 Networking.
7.3.5 Others
l UEs
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak data rates
that CA can achieve.
l EPC
For this function to reach a theoretical peak data rate described in 7.2.1 Benefits, the
maximum bit rate that each UE subscribes to in the EPC cannot be lower than this
theoretical value.
In addition, for either mode, prepare data as described in Table 7-3 and Table 7-4 for function
activation and optimization.
For details, see 5.4.1.2 Using MML Commands. For this function, configure at least
three candidate SCCs for each candidate PCC.
----End
Counter Observation
If the counters listed in Table 7-5 produce non-zero values on a network that is serving CA
UEs capable of downlink 4CC aggregation, downlink 4CC aggregation has taken effect in the
network.
1526737780 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.4CC.Avg
1526737793 L.Traffic.User.CA.4CC.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
Message Tracing
For the tools and IEs to observe, see Message Tracing in 5.4.2 Activation Verification.
1526737780 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.4CC.Avg
1526737781 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.4CC.Max
1526737793 L.Traffic.User.CA.4CC.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
1526737794 L.Traffic.User.CA.4CC.PCell.DL.Active.Max
1526737812 L.Thrp.Time.DL.4CC.CAUser
1526737813 L.Thrp.bits.DL.4CC.CAUser
8.1 Principles
This function aggregates five intra- or inter-band carriers, as shown in Figure 8-1, to provide
higher bandwidth.
This function works between intra-eNodeB cells, between inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB
coordination scenarios, and between inter-eNodeB cells in relaxed backhaul scenarios.
This function takes effect when all the following options are selected:
l The CaDl3CCSwitch option of the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter, which
controls downlink 3CC aggregation
l The CaDl4CCSwitch option of the CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter, which
controls downlink 4CC aggregation
8.2.1 Benefits
This function enables CA UEs to reach higher downlink peak data rates.
Table 8-1 lists the theoretical peak data rates that a CA UE can reach using downlink 5CC
aggregation.
For FDD, these values assume a TBS suitable for the 20 MHz cell bandwidth (equivalent to
100 RBs in the frequency domain).
Table 8-1 Theoretical peak data rates for downlink 5CC aggregation (unit: Mbit/s)
RAT 2x2 MIMO 2x2 MIMO 4x4 MIMO 4x4 MIMO
+ 64QAM + 256QAM + 64QAM + 256QAM
The peak data rate that CA can achieve for a CA UE is subject to the peak data rate capability
of the board where the PCell for the CA UE is located. For example, if the PCell of a CA UE
is served by an LBBPd1 board that supports a downlink peak data rate of 450 Mbit/s, the peak
data rate that CA can achieve for the CA UE will not exceed 450 Mbit/s in the downlink. In
addition, if the UE capability is limited, the actual peak rates will be lower than the theoretical
values. The UE capability is indicated by ue-categoryDL. For details, see section 4.1A "ue-
CategoryDL and ue-CategoryUL" in 3GPP TS 36.306 V15.2.0.
8.2.2 Impacts
This section describes the network and function impacts of this function itself.
For the network and function impacts of the prerequisite functions, see the corresponding
"Impacts" sections.
Network Impacts
This function requires additional RBs for PUCCH format-3 overhead. Therefore, the
downlink IBLER of the PCell fluctuates. The impact of this function on the PUCCH overhead
varies depending on the setting of the PucchSwitch option of the
CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch parameter:
l Option selected to enable adaptive allocation of PUCCH resources
The cell spares one RB for PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result, the number of RBs
available for the PUSCH decreases by at least one. (This number must be a multiple of 2,
3, or 5. For details, see section 5.3.3 "Transform precoding" in 3GPP TS 36.211 V10.1.0
(2011-03).) The total uplink throughput decreases.
l Option deselected to use fixed allocation of PUCCH resources
For FDD, the cell changes the usage of one PUCCH RB from periodic CQI reporting to
PUCCH format-3 overhead. As a result, fewer RBs of the cell are used for periodic CQI
reporting, and more UEs have to use aperiodic CQI reporting. Downlink UE throughput
may slightly decrease.
Function Impacts
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
FDD UMTS and LTE UL_SPECTR UMTS and LTE Cells with 5 MHz
Spectrum UM_SHARIN Spectrum bandwidth are not
Sharing (LTE G option of the Sharing recommended as PCells.
FDD) SpectrumClou If these cells act as
d.SpectrumClo PCells, the PUCCH
udSwitch overhead is so large that
parameter SRSs cannot be
configured.
8.3 Requirements
8.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
RAT Function Function Switch Reference
Name
8.3.3 Hardware
Base Station Models
For FDD, the following base stations are compatible with this function:
l 3900 and 5900 series base stations
l DBS3900 LampSite and DBS5900 LampSite
l BTS3912E
l BTS3911E
Boards
The requirements described in Boards of 5.3.3 Hardware must be fulfilled. In addition:
l Do not use LBBPc boards, which do not support this function. Among BBPs, UBBP is
recommended.
l Among main control boards, UMPT is recommended.
RF Modules
For details, see RF Modules in 5.3.3 Hardware.
8.3.4 Networking
For details, see 5.3.4 Networking.
8.3.5 Others
l UEs
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak data rates
that CA can achieve.
l EPC
For this function to reach a theoretical peak data rate described in 8.2.1 Benefits, the
maximum bit rate that each UE subscribes to in the EPC cannot be lower than this
theoretical value.
Step 2 Turn on CaDl3CCSwitch, CaDl4CCSwitch, and CaDl5CCSwitch for each possible PCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0,
CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl3CCSwitch-1&CaDl4CCSwitch-1&CaDl5CCSwitch-1;
----End
Counter Observation
If the counters listed in Table 8-5 produce non-zero values on a network that is serving CA
UEs capable of downlink 5CC aggregation, downlink 5CC aggregation has taken effect in the
network.
1526739805 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.5CC.Avg
1526740442 L.Traffic.User.CA.5CC.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
Message Tracing
For the tools and IEs to observe, see Message Tracing in 5.4.2 Activation Verification.
1526739805 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.5CC.Avg
1526739806 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.5CC.Max
1526740442 L.Traffic.User.CA.5CC.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
1526740443 L.Traffic.User.CA.5CC.PCell.DL.Active.Max
1526740438 L.Thrp.Time.DL.5CC.CAUser
1526740439 L.Thrp.bits.DL.5CC.CAUser
9.1 Principles
This function aggregates two intra- or inter-band carriers, as shown in Figure 9-1, to provide
higher bandwidth (up to 40 MHz) for the uplink.
This function works between intra-eNodeB cells, between inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB
coordination scenarios, and between inter-eNodeB cells in relaxed backhaul scenarios.
This function is controlled by the CaUl2CCSwitch option of the
CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter.
This function requires the LTE-A Introduction feature to be licensed. After this function is
enabled, two carriers can be aggregated for both uplink and downlink transmission.
9.2.1 Benefits
This function enables CA UEs to reach higher uplink peak data rates.
Table 9-1 lists the theoretical peak data rates that a CA UE can reach using FDD uplink 2CC
aggregation. These values assume a TBS suitable for the 20 MHz cell bandwidth (equivalent
to 100 RBs in the frequency domain).
Table 9-1 Theoretical peak data rates for FDD uplink 2CC aggregation (unit: Mbit/s)
Non-MIMO 2x2 MIMO Non-MIMO 2x2 MIMO
+ 16QAM + 16QAM + 64QAM + 64QAM
The peak data rate that CA can achieve for a CA UE is subject to the peak data rate capability
of the board where the PCell for the CA UE is located. For example, if the PCell of a CA UE
is served by an LBBPd1 board that supports an uplink peak data rate of 225 Mbit/s, the peak
data rate that CA can achieve for the CA UE will not exceed 225 Mbit/s in the uplink. In
addition, if the UE capability is limited, the actual peak rates will be lower than the theoretical
values. The UE capability is indicated by ue-categoryUL. For details, see section 4.1A "ue-
CategoryDL and ue-CategoryUL" in 3GPP TS 36.306 V15.2.0.
9.2.2 Impacts
This section describes the network and function impacts of this function itself.
For the network and function impacts of the prerequisite functions, see the corresponding
"Impacts" sections.
Network Impacts
This function has the following impacts on the network:
l Uplink interference may increase because CA UEs consume additional uplink resources.
l If multiple timing advances (MTA) is enabled, the counters related to random access to
SCells return larger values, because of non-contention-based random access to the
SCells. In addition, if uplink power of CA UEs is limited, MTA measurements result in
certain throughput loss.
l Uplink throughput rises when the UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch option of the
CellAlgoSwitch.UlPcAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, as long as uplink resources are
sufficient. When this option is selected, the transmit power on each PRB decreases so
that more PRBs can be allocated to UEs. This function extends the number of UEs in the
uplink CA state. However, because more resources are now used by CA UEs, uplink
interference may rise, resulting in a higher uplink IBLER and a larger number of
discontinuous transmissions (DTXs).
Function Impacts
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
9.3 Requirements
9.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
RAT Function Function Switch Reference
Name
9.3.3 Hardware
Base Station Models
For FDD, the following base stations are compatible with this function:
l 3900 and 5900 series base stations
l DBS3900 LampSite and DBS5900 LampSite
l BTS3912E
l BTS3911E
Boards
The requirements described in Boards of 5.3.3 Hardware must be fulfilled. In addition, do
not use LBBPc boards, which do not support this function.
RF Modules
For details, see RF Modules in 5.3.3 Hardware.
9.3.4 Networking
The requirements described in 5.3.4 Networking must be fulfilled. In addition:
l If an SFN cell whose layer 1 and layer 2 are deployed in different BBUs participates in
uplink CA, the versions of the eNodeBs where these BBUs are configured must be
eRAN11.1 or later so that MTA can be enabled.
9.3.5 Others
l UEs
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak data rates
that CA can achieve.
l EPC
For this function to reach a theoretical peak data rate, the maximum bit rate that each UE
subscribes to in the EPC cannot be lower than this theoretical value.
– For the theoretical peak data rates for downlink, see the relevant "Benefits"
sections.
– For the theoretical peak data rates for uplink, see 9.2.1 Benefits.
Step 4 (Optional) To enable PUSCH power control optimization for uplink CA, turn on
UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch for each possible PCell and SCell.
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=0, ULPCALGOSWITCH=UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch-1;
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: LocalCellId=1, UlPcAlgoSwitch=UlCaPuschPcOptSwitch-1;
----End
Counter Observation
If the counters listed in Table 9-5 produce non-zero values on a network that is serving CA
UEs capable of uplink 2CC aggregation, uplink 2CC aggregation has taken effect in the
network.
1526732905 L.Traffic.User.PCell.UL.Avg
1526732894 L.Traffic.User.SCell.UL.Avg
1526733015 L.ChMeas.PRB.UL.PCell.Used.Avg
1526733016 L.ChMeas.PRB.UL.SCell.Used.Avg
1526733013 L.Thrp.bits.UL.CAUser
1526742185 L.Thrp.Time.UL.CAUser
Message Tracing
After a CA UE accesses a cell, the eNodeB configures a cell that meets CA conditions as an
SCell for the UE. When traffic conditions are met, the eNodeB activates this SCell.
You can use the U2000 to verify SCell configuration and activation:
l Observe the RRC_CONN_RECFG message traced on the Uu interface. If the
RadioResourceConfigCommonSCell-r10 IE in the RRC_CONN_RECFG message
contains the UL-Configuration-r10 IE, the SCell has been configured.
l Observe the number of RBs and total TBS for the CA UE in the PCell and SCell. If the
numbers are not zero, the SCell has been activated.
1526732905 L.Traffic.User.PCell.UL.Avg
1526732906 L.Traffic.User.PCell.UL.Max
1526732894 L.Traffic.User.SCell.UL.Avg
1526732895 L.Traffic.User.SCell.UL.Max
1526733015 L.ChMeas.PRB.UL.PCell.Used.Avg
1526733016 L.ChMeas.PRB.UL.SCell.Used.Avg
1526733017 L.CA.Traffic.bits.UL.PCell
1526733018 L.CA.Traffic.bits.UL.SCell
1526733019 L.Traffic.User.SCell.Active.UL.Avg
1526733020 L.Traffic.User.SCell.Active.UL.Max
1526733021 L.CA.UL.PCell.Act.Dur
1526742185 L.Thrp.Time.UL.CAUser
1526733013 L.Thrp.bits.UL.CAUser
10 Flexible CA
10.1 Principles
This function allows an eNodeB to select the most suitable carriers for downlink CA from a
larger number of candidate carriers, as shown in Figure 10-1. The selections are based on the
CA capabilities reported by the CA UE and on carrier management principles.
10.2.1 Benefits
This function enables an eNodeB to select the most suitable carriers for downlink CA from a
larger number of candidate carriers.
For the theoretical peak data rates that a CA UE can reach using downlink 2CC, 3CC, 4CC, or
5CC aggregation, see the "Benefits" sections that describe these downlink CA functions.
10.2.2 Impacts
This section describes the network and function impacts of this function itself.
For the network and function impacts of the prerequisite functions, see the corresponding
"Impacts" sections.
Network Impacts
None
Function Impacts
None
10.3 Requirements
In addition, for either configuration mode, the requirements described in the "Licenses"
sections for downlink 2CC, 3CC, 4CC, or 5CC aggregation must be fulfilled if the
corresponding number of CCs need to be aggregated in the downlink.
Table 10-1 lists the license models and sales units for these features.
10.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
10.3.3 Hardware
Base Station Models
No requirements
Boards
For details, see Boards in 5.3.3 Hardware.
RF Modules
For details, see RF Modules in 5.3.3 Hardware.
10.3.4 Networking
The requirements described in 5.3.4 Networking must be fulfilled. In addition, the number of
frequencies on the live network must be greater than or equal to three.
10.3.5 Others
l UEs
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak data rates
that CA can achieve.
l EPC
For this function to reach a theoretical peak data rate for downlink 2CC, 3CC, 4CC, or
5CC aggregation, the maximum bit rate that each UE subscribes to in the EPC cannot be
lower than this theoretical value. For the theoretical values, see the relevant "Benefits"
sections.
----End
l Single/batch configuration
This feature can be activated for a single eNodeB or a batch of eNodeBs on the CME.
For detailed operations, see CME-based Feature Configuration.
11.1 Principles
11.1.1 Overview
Intelligent selection of serving cell combinations can be used when CA is working in adaptive
configuration mode. With this function, the eNodeB selects the most suitable serving cell
combination for a CA UE based on the CA capabilities reported by the UE and based on
factors such as the coverage overlap between cells, cell load status, bandwidths, and spectral
efficiency. The eNodeB then informs the UE of the combination.
If CA has been deployed with PCC anchoring for RRC_CONNECTED UEs enabled before
this intelligent selection function is activated, the serving cell combinations selected after the
function activation might be different from those selected before the activation. As a result,
the CA UE distribution may change. (PCC anchoring for RRC_CONNECTED UEs is
controlled by the EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter.)
11.1.2 Triggers
Intelligent selection of serving cell combinations is triggered:
l After the target eNodeB receives a CA UE capability report during initial access, an
incoming RRC connection reestablishment, or an incoming handover of the UE.
l After an E-RAB, with a QCI for which the SMART_CA_ALLOWED option of the
CellQciPara.QciAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, is set up. (In this situation, the
eNodeB selects the most suitable serving cell combination for the UE again.)
Table 11-1 Method of calculating the air interface capability of each cell
Value of Formula Description
CaMgtCfg.Min
DlAvgToBeSch
eduledUeNum
– The eNodeB selects the serving cell combination with the highest total downlink air
interface capability while keeping the PCell unchanged for the UE, if either of the
following conditions is met:
n The EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter is deselected.
n The EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected, but the CA UE has
not sent any A1 measurement report to the eNodeB.
– The eNodeB selects the serving cell combination with the highest total downlink air
interface capability, having the PCell either changed (as described in 4) or
unchanged for the UE, if both of the following conditions are met:
n The EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected.
n The eNodeB has received A1 measurement reports from the CA UE.
In this situation, when calculating the total downlink air interface capabilities of the
combinations with PCell being the same as the UE's PCell, the eNodeB multiplies
their capability values by (1 + CaMgtCfg.SmartCaPccAnchoringHyst). Note that,
if the value of the CaMgtCfg.SmartCaPccAnchoringHyst parameter is changed,
the new value takes effect 3 minutes later.
4. It selects a PCell for the UE.
– If there is only one serving cell combination with the highest total downlink air
interface capability, the eNodeB selects the PCell in this combination as the PCell
for the UE. PCell changes require handovers. For details about handover
procedures, see 16.2 Mobility Management Under CA.
– If multiple serving cell combinations have the same total downlink air interface
capability, the eNodeB selects the cell with higher duplex mode priority and the
highest PCC priority as the PCell. For details about these priorities, see 4.5.1 PCC
Anchoring.
– With the CaMgtCfg.SmartCaPccAnchoringHyst parameter set to 0:
If multiple serving cell combinations have the same total downlink air interface
capability, the same higher duplex mode priority, and the same highest PCC
priority, the selection rule varies depending on the setting of the
SmartCaPccSelSwitch option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoExtSwitch
parameter.
n Option selected (This option takes effect about 3 minutes after it is selected.)
The eNodeB selects the cell with the highest air interface capability as the
PCell.
If multiple cells have the highest air interface capability, the eNodeB selects a
PCell as follows:
○ If the UE's PCell is included in these cells, the eNodeB keeps the PCell
unchanged for the UE.
○ If the UE's PCell is not included in these cells, the eNodeB randomly
selects one from these cells as the PCell.
n Option deselected
○ If the UE's PCell is included in the candidate cells, which have a higher
duplex mode priority and the highest PCC priority, the eNodeB keeps the
PCell unchanged for the UE.
○ If the UE's PCell is not included in the candidate cells, the eNodeB
randomly selects one from the candidate cells as the PCell.
– With the CaMgtCfg.SmartCaPccAnchoringHyst parameter set to a non-zero
value:
n If the UE's PCell is included in the selected serving cell combination, the
SmartCaPccSelSwitch option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoExtSwitch
parameter does not take effect.
n If the UE's PCell is not included in the selected serving cell combination, the
eNodeB selects a PCell in the same way as it does when the
CaMgtCfg.SmartCaPccAnchoringHyst parameter is set to 0.
11.2.1 Benefits
This function enables an eNodeB to select the most suitable carriers for CA from a larger
number of candidate carriers.
For the theoretical peak data rates that a CA UE can reach using downlink 2CC, 3CC, 4CC, or
5CC aggregation or using uplink 2CC aggregation, see the "Benefits" sections that describe
these CA functions.
11.2.2 Impacts
This section describes the network and function impacts of this function itself.
For the network and function impacts of the prerequisite functions, see the corresponding
"Impacts" sections.
Network Impacts
l Intelligent selection of serving cell combinations changes the distribution of PCells and
SCells of CA UEs in frequency bands. These changes may, in turn, make alterations to
performance indicators such as the traffic volume of each band and the CPU usage.
l If the EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch
parameter is selected, intelligent selection of serving cell combinations causes an
increase in the number of inter-frequency handovers for PCC anchoring. The service
drop rate may rise for UEs with abnormal performance in handovers.
In this situation, if the SmartCaPccSelSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoExtSwitch parameter is selected, there will be a further
increase in the number of inter-frequency handovers for PCC anchoring. The service
drop rate may further rise for UEs with abnormal performance in handovers.
l If intelligent selection of uplink serving cell combinations is enabled, the number of UEs
in the uplink CA state increases and the CPU usage of BBPs rises. In addition, the CPU
usage of the main control board may vary, affecting the RRC connection setup success
rate and delay.
Function Impacts
None
11.3 Requirements
11.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
11.3.3 Hardware
Boards
The requirements described in Boards of 5.3.3 Hardware must be fulfilled. In addition,
LMPT cannot be used for intelligent selection of uplink serving cell combinations or for the
functions controlled by the CaMgtCfg.SmartCaPccAnchoringHyst and
CaMgtCfg.MinDlAvgToBeScheduledUeNum parameters.
RF Modules
For details, see RF Modules in 5.3.3 Hardware.
11.3.4 Networking
The requirements described in 5.3.4 Networking must be fulfilled. In addition:
l There must be at least three frequencies on the live network.
l For inter-eNodeB CA, X2 interfaces must be functioning.
They are required for load status exchange, signaling exchange, and user data
transmission between eNodeBs. If the X2 interfaces are not correctly configured,
appropriate serving cell combinations cannot be selected for inter-eNodeB CA.
Due to X2-related protocol specifications, eNodeBs can exchange information about
only eight frequencies. Certain inter-eNodeB CA combinations may fail to take effect if
there are more than eight frequencies on which inter-frequency neighboring cells with
EutranInterFreqNCell.OverlapInd set to YES or with
CaGroupSCellCfg.SCellBlindCfgFlag set to TRUE are operating.
11.3.5 Others
For details, see 10.3.5 Others.
Table 11-3 Parameters for activating intelligent selection of serving cell combinations
Parameter Parameter ID Option Setting Notes
Name
Cell Level CA CaMgtCfg.Cell CaUl2CCSwitc Select this option for each possible
Algorithm CaAlgoSwitch h PCell and SCell if intelligent
Switch selection of uplink serving cell
combinations is enabled.
Table 11-4 Parameters for optimizing intelligent selection of serving cell combinations
Parameter Parameter ID Option Setting Notes
Name
Step 3 Turn on the switches controlling intelligent selection of serving cell combinations for the
serving eNodeB of each possible PCell.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH:
CaAlgoSwitch=EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch-1&CaSmartSelectionSwitch-1,
CaAlgoExtSwitch=SmartCaPccSelSwitch-1;
Step 7 Set the relevant parameters for each possible PCell and SCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0, MinDlAvgToBeScheduledUeNum=2,
SmartCaPccAnchoringHyst=0, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaUl2CCSwitch-1,
CaTrafficDirectionPref=UL_CA_COMBINATION_FIRST;
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=1, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaUl2CCSwitch-1;
----End
12.1 Principles
This function allows for downlink 2CC to 5CC aggregation and uplink 2CC aggregation
between inter-eNodeB cells in eNodeB coordination scenarios.
For FDD, in eNodeB coordination scenarios, the eNodeBs are deployed in a centralized or
distributed manner.
Figure 12-1 illustrates an example of the scenarios.
FDD FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch option Select this option for all the eNodeBs
of the involved.
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.OverBBUsSwitch
parameter
This function employs the same PCC anchoring and SCell management procedures as for
intra-eNodeB CA. For details, see 4.5 Carrier Management for RRC_CONNECTED UEs
and 4.6 Carrier Management for RRC_IDLE UEs.
Centralized Deployment
In the centralized architecture of eNodeB coordination, the eNodeBs exchange signaling
messages and transmit service data through one or two levels of universal switching units
(USUs). For details about this architecture, see USU3900-based Multi-BBU Interconnection
and USU3910-based Multi-BBU Interconnection.
CA works in this centralized architecture only when the inter-eNodeB round trip time (RTT)
is less than 44 μs.
CA works in this distributed architecture only when the inter-eNodeB RTT is less than 260 μs.
12.2.1 Benefits
This function enables inter-eNodeB carriers to be aggregated to increase user-perceived data
rates for CA UEs.
12.2.2 Impacts
This section describes the network and function impacts of this function itself.
For the network and function impacts of the prerequisite functions, see the corresponding
"Impacts" sections.
Network Impacts
This function has the following impacts on the network, because of the delay:
l In the centralized architecture
This function has a slight negative impact on the peak data rates of CA UEs but does not
affect user experience. The reason is that the data to be sent does not arrive at SCells
precisely at the moment of the SCells' scheduling occasion and the UEs cannot be
scheduled for that moment.
l In the distributed or hybrid architecture (FDD only)
– CA UEs cannot promptly acquire the real-time CQI changes about inter-eNodeB
SCells. This causes slight deterioration in frequency-selective scheduling
performance and an increase in IBLER.
– Reports of HARQ retransmission demodulation results are delayed, affecting the
single-UE peak data rate and resulting in an increase in RBLER.
– CQI and IBLER feedback is delayed, causing variations in the data rates of UEs
located medium or long distances from the center of their SCells.
– Due to the differences in the RLC data arrival time for the aggregated carriers, CA
UEs have to combine and organize the received data. This process places an
additional burden on the UEs' CPUs. If the CPU capacity is insufficient, the data
rates of the UEs fluctuate.
– To minimize the impact of inter-eNodeB delay, RLC retransmissions occur only in
PCells. If the Uu bandwidth of a PCell is used up by guaranteed bit rate (GBR)
services, RLC retransmissions for the CA UE are often blocked and the data rate of
the UE fluctuates.
– Due to possible errors in the estimated scheduling priorities of CA UEs, the PRBs
in SCells for the UEs may not be fully utilized when the SCells are each serving a
small number of non-CA UEs and the non-CA UE traffic is light.
– When route setup is triggered for the first time between the PCell and an inter-
eNodeB SCell for a CA UE, this route is set up assuming the eNodeB is in the
centralized eNodeB coordination architecture by default, before the inter-eNodeB
transmission delay is detected. If the detected inter-eNodeB transmission delay
indicates the distributed eNodeB coordination architecture, the eNodeB removes
this SCell for the UE. The eNodeB will attempt to configure this SCell for the UE
again when the uplink or downlink traffic volume of the UE meets the SCell
Function Impacts
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
12.3 Requirements
12.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
12.3.3 Hardware
Base Station Models
Only 3900 and 5900 series base stations are compatible with this function.
Boards
The requirements described in Boards of 5.3.3 Hardware must be fulfilled. In addition:
l Do not use LBBPc or UMDUa3 boards, which do not support this function.
l Before deploying this function, contact Huawei engineers for a resource audit. This
function shares system resources with SFN, UL CoMP, and coordinated scheduling
based power control (CSPC).
RF Modules
For details, see RF Modules in 5.3.3 Hardware.
12.3.4 Networking
The requirements described in 5.3.4 Networking must be fulfilled. In addition, CA in
eNodeB coordination scenarios has the following requirements:
l The eNodeBs must use the same software version.
l The eNodeBs must be time-synchronized to within 3 μs.
l Routes between inter-eNodeB cells must be established and working properly.
– When USU3910 is used, eX2 interfaces must be set up between the eNodeBs.
n If the eNodeBs belong to the same operator and are managed by the same
U2000, eX2 self-setup works.
12.3.5 Others
l UEs
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak data rates
that CA can achieve.
l EPC
For this function to reach a theoretical peak data rate, the maximum bit rate that each UE
subscribes to in the EPC cannot be lower than this theoretical value. For the theoretical
values, see 12.2.1 Benefits.
l Prepare data as described in the "Data Preparation" sections for downlink 2CC, 3CC,
4CC, or 5CC aggregation or for uplink 2CC aggregation if the corresponding number of
inter-eNodeB CCs need to be aggregated in eNodeB coordination scenarios.
Step 1 Configure USUs. For details, see USU3900-based Multi-BBU Interconnection or USU3910-
based Multi-BBU Interconnection.
Perform the steps described in 5.4.1.2.1 CA-Group-based Configuration Mode (FDD) and
5.4.1.2.2 Adaptive Configuration Mode (FDD) on each eNodeB.
Step 3 If adaptive configuration mode is used, set the following switches on.
l Turn on FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch for each eNodeB.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch-1;
----End
In addition, perform the following steps for inter-eNodeB CA based on eNodeB coordination
in the centralized architecture:
l To enable downlink aggregation of two CCs with total bandwidth between 20 MHz and
40 MHz (inclusive) in adaptive configuration mode, turn on CaDl2CCExtSwitch for
both the serving eNodeB of each possible PCell and the serving eNodeB of each possible
SCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl2CCExtSwitch-1;
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=1, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl2CCExtSwitch-1;
l To enable downlink 3CC aggregation, turn on CaDl3CCSwitch for the serving eNodeB
of each possible PCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl3CCSwitch-1;
l To enable uplink 2CC aggregation, turn on CaUl2CCSwitch for the serving eNodeB of
each possible PCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaUl2CCSwitch-1;
Step 1 Configure USUs. For details, see USU3900-based Multi-BBU Interconnection or USU3910-
based Multi-BBU Interconnection.
Perform the steps described in 5.4.1.2.1 CA-Group-based Configuration Mode (FDD) and
5.4.1.2.2 Adaptive Configuration Mode (FDD) on each eNodeB.
Step 3 Turn on DistributeCloudbbCaSwitch for the serving eNodeB of each possible PCell.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: CaAlgoSwitch=DistributeCloudbbCaSwitch-1;
Step 4 If adaptive configuration mode is used, set the following switches on.
l Turn on FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch for each eNodeB.
MOD ENODEBALGOSWITCH: OverBBUsSwitch=FreqCfgCaOverBBUsSwitch-1;
----End
In addition, perform the following steps for inter-eNodeB CA based on eNodeB coordination
in the distributed architecture:
l To enable downlink aggregation of two CCs with total bandwidth between 20 MHz and
40 MHz (inclusive) in adaptive configuration mode, turn on CaDl2CCExtSwitch for
both the serving eNodeB of each possible PCell and the serving eNodeB of each possible
SCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl2CCExtSwitch-1;
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=1, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl2CCExtSwitch-1;
1526739785 L.Traffic.User.PCell.USUCA.Avg
1526739786 L.Traffic.User.SCell.USUCA.Avg
Message Tracing
For the tools and IEs to observe, see Message Tracing in 5.4.2 Activation Verification and
Message Tracing in 9.4.2 Activation Verification.
13.1 Principles
This function allows for downlink 2CC to 5CC aggregation and uplink 2CC aggregation
between inter-eNodeB cells in relaxed backhaul scenarios, as illustrated in Figure 13-1.
The switch control over this function varies, as described in Table 13-1.
Usage Scenarios
The relaxed backhaul scenarios are classified into the following types:
l Inter-eNodeB one-way delay ≤ 4 ms and RTT ≤ 8 ms
In this scenario, both downlink CA and uplink CA work between inter-eNodeB cells.
l 4 ms < inter-eNodeB one-way delay ≤ 8 ms and 8 ms < RTT ≤ 16 ms
In this scenario, only downlink CA works.
To enable inter-eNodeB CA in this scenario, the RelaxedBHCaEnhanceSwitch option
of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter must be selected.
l 4 ms < inter-eNodeB one-way delay ≤ 16 ms and 8 ms < RTT ≤ 32 ms
In this scenario, only downlink FDD CA works.
To enable inter-eNodeB CA in this scenario, the RelaxedBHCaEnh2Switch option of
the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoExtSwitch parameter must be selected.
The eNodeB combination can be one of the following:
l Macro+macro, macro+LampSite, or LampSite+LampSite
The cells exchange signaling messages and service data for CA through the eX2 or X2
interfaces between the main control boards (LMPT or UMPT) of these eNodeBs.
The GlobalProcSwitch.ItfTypeForNonIdealModeServ parameter determines which
interface to use for inter-eNodeB CA based on relaxed backhaul.
l Macro+micro or LampSite+micro
The cells exchange signaling messages and service data for CA through the eX2 or X2
interfaces between the main control boards (LMPT or UMPT) of the macro or LampSite
eNodeBs and the transport modules of the micro eNodeBs.
For details about eX2 or X2 interfaces between eNodeBs, see eX2 Self-Management or S1 and
X2 Self-Management.
Procedures
This function employs the same PCC anchoring and SCell management procedures as for
intra-eNodeB CA. For details, see 4.5 Carrier Management for RRC_CONNECTED UEs
and 4.6 Carrier Management for RRC_IDLE UEs.
This function implements SCell configuration and SCell removal with inter-eNodeB
transmission quality requirements considered, in addition to the principles described in 4.5.2
SCell Management.
The process of this function is as follows:
1. During initial access, an incoming RRC connection reestablishment, or an incoming
handover, the CA UE reports its CA capabilities to the target eNodeB after setting up an
RRC connection with the PCell.
2. The eNodeB selects appropriate inter-eNodeB cells as SCells for the UE.
3. After activating the SCells, the serving eNodeB of the PCell diverts downlink traffic of
the UE from the PCell to the SCells and converges the uplink traffic from the SCell with
the uplink traffic in the PCell.
When inter-eNodeB transmission quality deteriorates (for example, the transmission
delay does not meet requirements or transmission is interrupted), the eNodeB removes
the SCells to exit inter-eNodeB CA. After transmission quality recovers, SCells can be
configured again at the subsequent initial access, incoming RRC connection
reestablishment, or incoming handover.
13.2.1 Benefits
This function enables inter-eNodeB carriers to be aggregated to increase user-perceived data
rates for CA UEs.
13.2.2 Impacts
This section describes the network and function impacts of this function itself.
For the network and function impacts of the prerequisite functions, see the corresponding
"Impacts" sections.
Network Impacts
In relaxed backhaul scenarios, when CA and other inter-eNodeB features (such as UL CoMP)
are enabled together, these features share transmission bandwidths. If the transmission
bandwidths are insufficient, the delays increase and the gains of these features are affected.
This function has the following impacts on the network, because of the delay:
l CA UEs cannot promptly acquire the real-time CQI changes about inter-eNodeB SCells.
This causes slight deterioration in frequency-selective scheduling performance and an
increase in IBLER.
l Due to inter-eNodeB delay, HARQ feedback is postponed, which has an impact on the
RBLER of CA UEs. In HARQ retransmission statistics, the values of the RBLER-related
counters may rise. CQI reports about SCells of CA UEs are also delayed, which affects
the IBLER of these UEs. The IBLER-related counters may produce larger values. If a
UE in the inter-eNodeB CA state is located a medium or long distance from the center of
its PCell or SCell, the data rate of the UE fluctuates.
l Due to the differences in the RLC data arrival time for the aggregated carriers, CA UEs
have to combine and organize the received data. This process places an additional burden
on the UEs' CPUs. If the CPU capacity is insufficient, the data rates of the UEs fluctuate.
Table 13-2 Recommended PCell MBSFN subframe numbers for different FDD SCell
PRACH subframe number settings
FDD SCell PRACH Subframe Number Recommended PCell
MBSFN Subframe Numbers
0 3, 6, 7, 8
1 1, 2, 6, 7, 8
2 1, 2, 6, 7, 8
3 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8
4 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8
5 1, 2, 3, 8
6 1, 2, 3, 6, 7
7 1, 2, 3, 6, 7
8 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8
9 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8
Function Impacts
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
FDD GSM and LTE GL_SPECTR GSM and LTE Pre-scheduling can be
spectrum UM_CONCU Spectrum performed up to 35 ms
concurrency RRENCY Concurrency earlier than actual
option of the scheduling. The
SpectrumClou interference information
d.SpectrumClo may have changed at the
udSwitch moment of actual
parameter scheduling. Therefore,
the RB estimation for
pre-scheduling is
inaccurate, affecting the
LTE network throughput.
13.3 Requirements
If any cell served by the local eNodeB is to be accompanied by any inter-eNodeB SCell
in a relaxed backhaul scenario, each of the eNodeBs requires one sales unit of the license
for Inter-eNodeB CA Based on Relaxed Backhaul.
In either configuration mode, each cell involved in this function also requires one sales unit of
the license for LTE-A Introduction.
In addition, the requirements described in the "Licenses" sections for downlink 2CC, 3CC,
4CC, or 5CC aggregation or for uplink 2CC aggregation must be fulfilled if the corresponding
number of inter-eNodeB CCs need to be aggregated.
NOTE
Table 13-3 lists the license models and sales units for these features.
13.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
13.3.3 Hardware
Boards
The requirements described in Boards of 5.3.3 Hardware must be fulfilled. In addition:
l When deployed on LBBPc boards, FDD cells:
– Cannot act as SCells for uplink inter-eNodeB CA.
– Can act as neither PCells nor SCells when the inter-eNodeB one-way delay is
between 8 ms and 16 ms (inclusive) and the RTT is between 16 ms and 32 ms
(inclusive).
l If the LMPT is used as the main control board, no more than seven inter-eNodeB BBPs
can be interconnected because the transport resource group bandwidth of the LMPT is
limited.
l For 5CC aggregation to 100 MHz, the UBBP and UMPT boards are recommended. If
LBBPd and LMPT are used, the peak data rate may not reach the expected value, due to
the lower hardware capabilities.
l If the data rate of transmission from the EPC to the eNodeB exceeds the transmission
capability of the BBP or main control board, the PCell cannot transfer data to SCells. As
a result, the SCells may be activated but their scheduling is suspended.
RF Modules
For details, see RF Modules in 5.3.3 Hardware.
13.3.4 Networking
The requirements described in 5.3.4 Networking must be fulfilled. In addition, CA in relaxed
backhaul scenarios has the following requirements:
l It is recommended that this function be deployed in urban areas to prevent CA failures
caused by large inter-site distances.
In accordance with section J.1 "Deployment Scenarios" in 3GPP TS 36.300 V10.11.0,
the delay spread among the inter-eNodeB CCs monitored at the UE cannot exceed 30.26
μs. A delay spread of 30.26 μs corresponds to a signal transmission distance difference
of about 9 kilometers among the CCs.
l The eNodeBs must be time-synchronized to within 3 μs.
l The jitter and packet loss rate must meet the requirements described in S1 and X2 Self-
Management.
l The inter-eNodeB transmission quality must meet requirements.
– For transmission delay requirements, see Usage Scenarios in 13.1 Principles.
– Jitter and packet loss rate requirements are described in Table 13-4.
Best 0 0.0001
Recommended 1 0.001
Tolerable 2 0.5
In tolerable scenarios described in Table 13-4, services can be successfully set up,
but the QoS requirements of services other than VoLTE and push to talk (PTT) are
not necessarily fulfilled.
NOTE
l If the transmission delay (maximum one-way delay or maximum RTT), jitter, or packet loss
rate deteriorates, the data rates of CA UEs in inter-eNodeB CA based on relaxed backhaul
decrease.
l If the downlink traffic to be carried on the serving board or eNodeB of the PCell exceeds the
maximum data rate supported by the hardware, the end-to-end delay between the PCell and
SCells may increase, so that the data rates in the SCells decrease or even drop to zero.
l If TCP is used for application layer data transmission and there is packet loss on the
transmission link between the eNodeB and the EPC, the data rates of CA UEs may be
adversely affected because of insufficient incoming application layer data packets. This
insufficiency is caused by the limited size of the TCP sliding window.
Inter-eNodeB transmission quality information can be obtained using the following
methods:
– Run the DSP EX2UPINFO command to query the maximum one-way delay and
maximum RTT. If the status of clock synchronization between two eNodeBs does
not meet accuracy requirements, the maximum one-way delay cannot be precisely
measured. It can be estimated by taking half of the maximum RTT.
– Monitor performance counters related to IP Performance Monitor (PM). For details,
see IP Performance Monitor.
l Routes between inter-eNodeB cells must be established and working properly. eX2 or X2
interfaces must be set up between the eNodeBs.
– If the eNodeBs belong to the same operator and are managed by the same U2000,
eX2 or X2 self-setup works.
– If the eNodeBs belong to different operators or are managed by different U2000s,
SCTP links and endpoint groups for eX2 or X2 interfaces must be manually
configured. For details about the configuration, see eX2 Self-Management or S1 and
X2 Self-Management.
eNodeBs will automatically create IP PM sessions to detect link status of eX2 or X2
interfaces. If an IP PM session of bidirectional activation type is configured at either end
of an eX2 or X2 interface, it may conflict with an automatically created session.
Therefore, the eX2 or X2 interface fails to work properly.
If three consecutive attempts of an eNodeB to set up an eX2 or X2 route to an inter-
eNodeB cell fail in a relaxed backhaul scenario, the eNodeB prohibits the subsequent 30
setup attempts on this route.
l The bandwidths of the links between the eNodeBs must meet requirements.
The required link bandwidth can be planned based on network conditions. It must be
within the transmission bandwidth capacities of the eNodeBs.
– Method of calculating the required link bandwidth
Required link bandwidth = Bandwidth of the SCC x Spectral efficiency of the SCC
x Percentage of CA UEs on the SCC x Number of SCells to be associated
Take a 20 MHz SCC as an example. Each time the serving eNodeB of the PCell
associates an inter-eNodeB SCell with the PCell:
n A link bandwidth of 35 Mbit/s is required for the uplink and also for the
downlink, assuming the average spectral efficiency of 3.5 and a CA UE
percentage of 50% for the SCC. The required link bandwidth is calculated as
follows:
For macro and LampSite eNodeBs, the capacities depend on the main control board
type and the setting of the
GLOBALPROCSWITCH.ProcTypeForNonIdealServData parameter, as
described in Table 13-6.
In SCells participating in inter-eNodeB CA, the data rates on the radio interface are determined by
the transport block sizes selected by eNodeBs for UEs. The sizes must not exceed the maximum
allowed transmission bandwidth, and the size type is subject to protocol-stipulated restrictions. It
is possible that a selected transport block size does not precisely match the transmission
bandwidth. As a result, the actual data throughput may fail to reach the maximum allowed
bandwidth even though spare radio resources are available in the SCells.
13.3.5 Others
l UEs
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak data rates
that CA can achieve.
l EPC
For this function to reach a theoretical peak data rate, the maximum bit rate that each UE
subscribes to in the EPC cannot be lower than this theoretical value. For the theoretical
values, see 13.2.1 Benefits.
There are no special requirements. Adaptive configuration mode is recommended for this
function.
In addition, for either mode, prepare data as described in Table 13-7 for function activation.
Moreover:
l Prepare data as described in the "Data Preparation" sections for downlink 2CC, 3CC,
4CC, or 5CC aggregation or for uplink 2CC aggregation if the corresponding number of
inter-eNodeB CCs need to be aggregated in relaxed backhaul scenarios.
l Table 13-8 describes the parameters used for function optimization.
FDD and TDD CaMgtCfg.FT N/A Set this parameter based on site
Relaxed RelaxedBHCa conditions.
Backhaul CA ULMaxCcNu
UL Max CC m
Num
For details, see 5.4.1.2.1 CA-Group-based Configuration Mode (FDD) and 5.4.1.2.2
Adaptive Configuration Mode (FDD).
----End
In addition, perform the following steps for inter-eNodeB CA:
l For downlink 2CC aggregation based on relaxed backhaul, set
CaMgtCfg.RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCcNum to 2CC for the serving eNodeB of each
possible PCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0, RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCcNum=2CC;
l For downlink 3CC aggregation based on relaxed backhaul, turn on CaDl3CCSwitch and
set CaMgtCfg.RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCcNum to 3CC for the serving eNodeB of each
possible PCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl3CCSwitch-1,
RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCcNum=3CC;
l For downlink 4CC aggregation based on relaxed backhaul, turn on CaDl3CCSwitch and
CaDl4CCSwitch, and set CaMgtCfg.RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCcNum to 4CC for the
serving eNodeB of each possible PCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0,
CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaDl3CCSwitch-1&CaDl4CCSwitch-1,
RelaxedBackhaulCaMaxCcNum=4CC;
l For uplink 2CC aggregation based on relaxed backhaul, turn on CaUl2CCSwitch and
set CaMgtCfg.RelaxedBHCaUlMaxCcNum to 2CC for the serving eNodeB of each
possible PCell.
MOD CAMGTCFG: LocalCellId=0, CellCaAlgoSwitch=CaUl2CCSwitch-1,
RelaxedBHCaUlMaxCcNum=2CC;
Table 13-9 Counters used to verify activation of inter-eNodeB CA based on relaxed backhaul
Counter ID Counter Name
1526732909 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526732955 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526732911 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.PCell.RelaxedBackhaul-
CAUsed.Avg
1526732912 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.SCell.RelaxedBackhaul-
CAUsed.Avg
1526743685 L.Traffic.User.PCell.UL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526743658 L.Traffic.User.SCell.UL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526743661 L.Traffic.User.RelaxedBackhaul-
CA.SCell.Active.UL.Avg
Message Tracing
For the tools and IEs to observe, see Message Tracing in 5.4.2 Activation Verification and
Message Tracing in 9.4.2 Activation Verification.
1526732909 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526732910 L.Traffic.User.PCell.DL.RelaxedBackhaul-
CA.Max
1526732955 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526732954 L.Traffic.User.SCell.DL.RelaxedBackhaul-
CA.Max
1526732911 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.PCell.RelaxedBackhaul-
CAUsed.Avg
1526732912 L.ChMeas.PRB.DL.SCell.RelaxedBackhaul-
CAUsed.Avg
1526733184 L.Thrp.bits.DL.RelaxedBackhaulCAUser
1526733185 L.Thrp.Time.DL.RelaxedBackhaulCAUser
1526733198 L.Traffic.User.PCell.RelaxedBackhaulCA.OFF
1526737803 L.CA.Traffic.bits.RelaxedBackhaul-
CAUsed.DL.Pcell
1526737804 L.CA.Traffic.bits.RelaxedBackhaul-
CAUsed.DL.Scell
1526743685 L.Traffic.User.PCell.UL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526743658 L.Traffic.User.SCell.UL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526743661 L.Traffic.User.RelaxedBackhaul-
CA.SCell.Active.UL.Avg
14 Downlink FDD+TDD CA
14.1 Principles
This function aggregates two, three, four, or five downlink FDD and TDD CCs. Figure 14-1
shows an example.
Usage Scenarios
This function works in both intra- and inter-eNodeB scenarios:
l Intra-eNodeB
In intra-eNodeB scenarios, FDD and TDD cells are served by the same eNodeB. For
details, see 3.2.1 Intra-eNodeB CA Scenarios.
l Inter-eNodeB
Inter-eNodeB scenarios include:
– Relaxed backhaul
For details, see 13 Inter-eNodeB CA Based on Relaxed Backhaul.
Subframe Configurations
TDD cells for CA must use uplink-downlink configuration 1 or 2 and one of special subframe
configurations 4, 5, 6, 7, and 9. A TDD cell using special subframe configuration 4 cannot
work with another TDD cell using special subframe configuration 5, 6, 7, or 9 for CA. TDD
cells served by LampSite eNodeBs can only use special subframe configurations 6 and 7. No
subframe configuration requirements are imposed on FDD cells.
If a non-zero frame offset is configured for a TDD cell, the same frame offset must be
specified for the FDD cells involved in CA. FDD hardware of SRAN10.1 or later versions,
except BTS3203Es, all support frame offset setting.
The CC combinations for downlink FDD+TDD 5CC aggregation vary according to the
duplex mode of the PCell and the uplink-downlink configuration of TDD cells, as described
in Table 14-1.
14.2.1 Benefits
This function deals with spectrum shortages by utilizing both FDD and TDD spectrum
resources, addresses mobile broadband service competition, and improves service quality.
The theoretical peak data rates that downlink FDD+TDD CA can reach are as follows:
l Theoretical peak data rate for downlink 2CC aggregation = Theoretical peak data rate on
a single FDD carrier in the downlink + Theoretical peak data rate on a single TDD
carrier in the downlink
l Theoretical peak data rate for downlink 3CC aggregation = Theoretical peak data rate on
two FDD carriers in the downlink + Theoretical peak data rate on a single TDD carrier in
the downlink
l Theoretical peak data rate for downlink 4CC aggregation = Theoretical peak data rate on
three FDD carriers in the downlink + Theoretical peak data rate on a single TDD carrier
in the downlink
l Theoretical peak data rate for downlink 5CC aggregation = Theoretical peak data rate on
four FDD carriers in the downlink + Theoretical peak data rate on a single TDD carrier
in the downlink
14.2.2 Impacts
This section describes the network and function impacts of this function itself.
For the network and function impacts of the prerequisite functions, see the corresponding
"Impacts" sections.
Network Impacts
This function has the following impacts on the network:
l When an FDD carrier is working as the PCC and TDD carriers are working as SCCs for
a CA UE, the downlink TDD spectrum resources are fully utilized, which increases the
downlink data rate. The FDD PCC also provides better uplink coverage for the CA UE
than a TDD PCC would do.
l When a TDD carrier is working as the PCC, it can obtain beamforming gains,
represented by an increased downlink data rate. However, in certain scenarios, TTI
bundling may be triggered due to the limited number of bits for ACK/NACK over the
PUCCH in the TDD PCell, causing the downlink data rate to drop on each CC. TTI
bundling may be triggered when:
– The TDD PCell uses uplink-downlink configuration 2 and has participated in FDD
+TDD 3CC, 4CC, or 5CC aggregation.
– The TDD PCell uses uplink-downlink configuration 1 and has participated in FDD
+TDD 4CC or 5CC aggregation.
l When a TDD carrier is working as the PCC, additional RBs are used for PUCCH
format-3 overhead. Therefore, the downlink IBLER of the PCell fluctuates. The impact
of this function on the PUCCH overhead depends on the setting of the PucchSwitch
option of the CellAlgoSwitch.PucchAlgoSwitch parameter:
Function Impacts
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
14.3 Requirements
14.3.1 Licenses
Each FDD cell involved in downlink FDD+TDD CA requires one sales unit of the license for
MRFD-101222 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE FDD).
Each TDD cell involved in downlink FDD+TDD CA requires one sales unit of the license for
MRFD-101231 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE TDD).
In addition:
l If two or more FDD cells are involved in downlink FDD+TDD CA, the licensing
principles for these cells are the same as those described in the corresponding "Licenses"
section.
l If two or more TDD cells are involved in downlink FDD+TDD CA, the licensing
principles for these cells are the same as those described in the corresponding "Licenses"
section.
Table 14-2 lists the license models and sales units for these features.
1F+1T Intra-eNodeB Each cell requires one Each cell requires one sales
sales unit of the license for unit of the license for
MRFD-101222 FDD MRFD-101231 FDD+TDD
+TDD Downlink Carrier Downlink Carrier
Aggregation(LTE FDD). Aggregation(LTE TDD).
FDD and TDD Each cell requires one Each cell requires one sales
cells being sales unit of the license for unit of the license for
served by MRFD-101222 FDD MRFD-101231 FDD+TDD
different +TDD Downlink Carrier Downlink Carrier
eNodeBs in an Aggregation(LTE FDD). Aggregation(LTE TDD).
eNodeB In addition, the serving In addition, the serving
coordination eNodeB of the FDD cell eNodeB of the TDD cell
scenario requires one sales unit of requires one sales unit of
the license for the license for
LAOFD-070202 Inter- TDLAOFD-110401 Inter-
eNodeB CA based on eNodeB CA based on
Coordinated eNodeB. Coordinated eNodeB.
FDD and TDD Each cell requires one Each cell requires one sales
cells being sales unit of the license for unit of the license for
served by MRFD-101222 FDD MRFD-101231 FDD+TDD
different +TDD Downlink Carrier Downlink Carrier
eNodeBs in a Aggregation(LTE FDD). Aggregation(LTE TDD).
relaxed In addition, the serving In addition, the serving
backhaul eNodeB of the FDD cell eNodeB of the TDD cell
scenario requires one sales unit of requires one sales unit of
the license for the license for
LAOFD-080201 Inter- TDLAOFD-081402 Inter-
eNodeB CA Based on eNodeB CA Based on
Relaxed Backhaul. Relaxed Backhaul.
2F+2T Intra-eNodeB Each cell requires one Each cell requires one sales
sales unit of the license for unit of the license for each
each of the following of the following features:
features: l MRFD-101231 FDD
l MRFD-101222 FDD +TDD Downlink
+TDD Downlink Carrier
Carrier Aggregation(LTE
Aggregation(LTE TDD)
FDD) l TDLAOFD-001001
l LAOFD-001001 LTE- LTE-A Introduction
A Introduction
l FDD: two Each cell requires one Each cell requires one sales
inter- sales unit of the license for unit of the license for each
eNodeB each of the following of the following features:
cells in an features: l MRFD-101231 FDD
eNodeB l MRFD-101222 FDD +TDD Downlink
coordinatio +TDD Downlink Carrier
n scenario Carrier Aggregation(LTE
l TDD: two Aggregation(LTE TDD)
intra- FDD) l TDLAOFD-001001
eNodeB l LAOFD-001001 LTE- LTE-A Introduction
cells A Introduction
In addition, each of the
serving eNodeBs for the
FDD cells requires one
sales unit of the license for
LAOFD-070202 Inter-
eNodeB CA based on
Coordinated eNodeB.
l FDD: two Each cell requires one Each cell requires one sales
intra- sales unit of the license for unit of the license for each
eNodeB each of the following of the following features:
cells features: l MRFD-101231 FDD
l TDD: two l MRFD-101222 FDD +TDD Downlink
inter- +TDD Downlink Carrier
eNodeB Carrier Aggregation(LTE
cells in a Aggregation(LTE TDD)
relaxed FDD) l TDLAOFD-001001
backhaul l LAOFD-001001 LTE- LTE-A Introduction
scenario A Introduction In addition, each of the
serving eNodeBs for the
TDD cells requires one
sales unit of the license for
TDLAOFD-081402 Inter-
eNodeB CA Based on
Relaxed Backhaul.
14.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
14.3.3 Hardware
Boards
The requirements described in Boards of 5.3.3 Hardware must be fulfilled. In addition:
l Do not use LBBPc boards, which do not support this function. If a physical cell of an
SFN cell is established on an LBBPc board, this function cannot be used with the SFN
cell either.
l Do not use an FDD cell on any LBBPd4 board as the PCell for aggregation of three or
more downlink FDD and TDD CCs. Otherwise, the aggregation will not work.
RF Modules
For details, see RF Modules in 5.3.3 Hardware.
Cells
For details, see Subframe Configurations in 14.1 Principles.
14.3.4 Networking
The requirements described in 5.3.4 Networking must be fulfilled. In addition:
l eNodeBs must be time-synchronized (with the TASM.CLKSYNCMODE parameter set
to TIME). The time alignment error must be within:
– 130 ns between two contiguous CCs.
– 260 ns between two non-contiguous CCs.
l If this function is to be deployed in an eNodeB coordination scenario, the requirements
described in 12.3.4 Networking must be fulfilled.
l If this function is to be deployed in a relaxed backhaul scenario, the inter-eNodeB one-
way delay must be less than or equal to 4 ms and the RTT must be less than or equal to 8
ms. Moreover, the requirements described in 13.3.4 Networking must be fulfilled.
14.3.5 Others
l UEs
UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands of the
carriers to be aggregated and their bandwidths. UEs must also support the peak data rates
that CA can achieve.
l EPC
For this function to reach a theoretical peak data rate, the maximum bit rate that each UE
subscribes to in the EPC cannot be lower than this theoretical value. For the theoretical
values, see 14.2.1 Benefits.
In addition, for either mode, prepare data as described in Table 14-4 and Table 14-5 for
function activation and optimization.
Moreover, take the following necessary actions for this function to take effect:
l Prepare data as described in the relevant "Data Preparation" sections if two, three, four,
or five FDD and TDD CCs need to be aggregated in the downlink.
l Prepare data as described in 12.4.1.1 Data Preparation if downlink FDD+TDD CA is to
be deployed in an eNodeB coordination scenario.
l Prepare data as described in 13.4.1.1 Data Preparation if downlink FDD+TDD CA is to
be deployed in a relaxed backhaul scenario.
----End
----End
Table 14-6 Counters used to verify activation of downlink FDD+TDD 2CC aggregation
1526737782 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.PCell.DL.Avg
1526737795 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
Table 14-7 Counters used to verify activation of downlink FDD+TDD 3CC aggregation
1526737776 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.3CC.PCell.DL.Avg
1526737797 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.
3CC.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
Table 14-8 Counters used to verify activation of downlink FDD+TDD 4CC aggregation
1526737778 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.4CC.PCell.DL.Avg
1526737799 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.
4CC.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
Table 14-9 Counters used to verify activation of downlink FDD+TDD 5CC aggregation
1526741758 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.5CC.PCell.DL.Avg
1526741735 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.
5CC.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
1526737782 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.PCell.DL.Avg
1526737783 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.PCell.DL.Max
1526737795 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
1526737796 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.PCell.DL.Active.Ma
x
1526737807 L.Thrp.Time.DL.FddTddCAUser
1526737808 L.Thrp.bits.DL.FddTddCAUser
1526737768 L.E-RAB.AbnormRel.FddTddCAUser
1526737774 L.E-RAB.NormRel.FddTddCAUser
1526737776 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.3CC.PCell.DL.Avg
1526737777 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.3CC.PCell.DL.Max
1526737797 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.
3CC.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
1526737798 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.
3CC.PCell.DL.Active.Max
1526737810 L.Thrp.Time.DL.3CC.FddTddCAUser
1526737811 L.Thrp.bits.DL.3CC.FddTddCAUser
1526737764 L.E-RAB.AbnormRel.FddTddCAUser.3CC
1526737770 L.E-RAB.NormRel.FddTddCAUser.3CC
1526737778 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.4CC.PCell.DL.Avg
1526737779 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.4CC.PCell.DL.Max
1526737799 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.
4CC.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
1526737800 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.
4CC.PCell.DL.Active.Max
1526737814 L.Thrp.Time.DL.4CC.FddTddCAUser
1526737815 L.Thrp.bits.DL.4CC.FddTddCAUser
1526737765 L.E-RAB.AbnormRel.FddTddCAUser.4CC
1526737771 L.E-RAB.NormRel.FddTddCAUser.4CC
1526741758 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.5CC.PCell.DL.Avg
1526741735 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.
5CC.PCell.DL.Active.Avg
1526741754 L.Thrp.Time.DL.5CC.FddTddCAUser
1526741755 L.Thrp.bits.DL.5CC.FddTddCAUser
1526741756 L.E-RAB.AbnormRel.FddTddCAUser.5CC
1526741757 L.E-RAB.NormRel.FddTddCAUser.5CC
1526739768 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.PCell.DL.Avg.PLMN
1526739746 L.Thrp.Time.DL.FddTddCAUser.PLMN
1526739745 L.Thrp.bits.DL.FddTddCAUser.PLMN
1526739770 L.E-RAB.AbnormRel.FddTddCAUser.PLMN
1526739772 L.E-RAB.NormRel.FddTddCAUser.PLMN
15 Uplink FDD+TDD CA
15.1 Principles
This function aggregates two uplink FDD and TDD CCs, as shown in Figure 15-1.
This function requires downlink FDD+TDD CA to be licensed. Therefore, after this function
is enabled, two carriers can be aggregated for both uplink and downlink transmission.
Usage Scenarios
For details, see Usage Scenarios in 14.1 Principles.
Subframe Configuration
The TDD cells involved in this function must use uplink-downlink configuration 2.
If a non-zero frame offset is configured for a TDD cell, the same frame offset must be
specified for the FDD cells involved in CA. FDD hardware of SRAN10.1 or later versions,
except BTS3203Es, all support frame offset setting.
15.2.1 Benefits
This function deals with spectrum shortages by utilizing both FDD and TDD spectrum
resources, addresses mobile broadband service competition, and improves service quality.
Theoretical peak data rate for uplink FDD+TDD 2CC aggregation = Theoretical peak data
rate on a single FDD carrier in the uplink + Theoretical peak data rate on a single TDD carrier
in the uplink
15.2.2 Impacts
This section describes the network and function impacts of this function itself.
For the network and function impacts of the prerequisite functions, see the corresponding
"Impacts" sections.
Network Impacts
This function has the following impacts on the network:
l When a TDD cell acts as an SCell for a CA UE, the SCell offers beamforming gains in
the downlink and experiences an increase in downlink cell throughput.
l When MTA is configured in FDD+TDD CA scenarios, this function increases the uplink
throughput of CA UEs and improves uplink performance if there is a noticeable
difference (for example, about 78 meters, which is equivalent to one TA) between the
distances of a CA UE to the receive antennas of the PCell and an SCell. In addition, due
to the non-contention-based random access to the SCell, the performance counters
related to random access to the SCell produce larger values.
l When CA is deployed between eNodeBs in relaxed backhaul scenarios, ACKs/NACKs
for the PCell and SCell may not be received promptly because of inter-eNodeB
transmission delay. This results in a decrease of no more than 5% in the downlink data
rates of CA UEs. In addition, due to inter-eNodeB transmission delay, transmission of
CQIs on the PUSCH cannot be identified promptly. To address this issue, PUSCH
scheduling in the SCell yields to periodic CQI reporting. The shorter the CQI reporting
period, the more frequently the yielding occurs and the greater the decrease in the uplink
data rates of CA UEs. Especially when a TDD cell and an FDD cell act as the PCell and
SCell respectively, the decrease is so large that PUSCH scheduling may involve only the
SCell.
l When a TDD cell is working as the PCell and an FDD cell is working as an SCell for a
CA UE, the uplink FDD spectral resources are fully utilized, which increases the uplink
data rate. In addition, the FDD SCell provides better uplink coverage for the CA UE than
a TDD cell does for a non-CA UE.
Function Impacts
RAT Function Function Reference Description
Name Switch
15.3 Requirements
15.3.1 Licenses
Each FDD cell involved in uplink FDD+TDD CA requires one sales unit for each of the
following features:
l MRFD-101222 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE FDD)
l MRFD-111222 FDD+TDD Uplink Carrier Aggregation (LTE FDD)
Each TDD cell involved in uplink FDD+TDD CA requires one sales unit for each of the
following features:
l MRFD-101231 FDD+TDD Downlink Carrier Aggregation(LTE TDD)
l MRFD-111232 FDD+TDD Uplink Carrier Aggregation (LTE TDD)
Table 15-1 lists the license models and sales units for these features.
15.3.2 Software
Prerequisite Functions
RAT Function Function Switch Reference
Name
15.3.3 Hardware
Boards
For details, see Boards in 14.3.3 Hardware.
RF Modules
For details, see RF Modules in 5.3.3 Hardware.
Cells
For details, see Subframe Configuration in 15.1 Principles.
15.3.4 Networking
For details, see 14.3.4 Networking.
15.3.5 Others
l UEs
– UEs must comply with 3GPP Release 12 or later and support the frequency bands
of the carriers to be aggregated and their channel bandwidths. UEs must also
support the peak data rates that CA can achieve.
– UEs must support MTA.
l EPC
For this function to reach a theoretical peak data rate, the maximum bit rate that each UE
subscribes to in the EPC cannot be lower than this theoretical value. For the theoretical
values, see 15.2.1 Benefits.
Uplink schedule CellAlgoSwitc SchedulerCtrlP Select this option for each possible
switch h.UlSchSwitch owerSwitch PCell and SCell.
Moreover,
l Prepare data as described in 12.4.1.1 Data Preparation if uplink FDD+TDD CA is to be
deployed in an eNodeB coordination scenario.
l Prepare data as described in 13.4.1.1 Data Preparation if uplink FDD+TDD CA is to be
deployed in a relaxed backhaul scenario.
----End
1526741844 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.PCell.UL.Avg
1526742034 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.SCell.UL.Avg
1526741932 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.SCell.Active.UL.Avg
1526743685 L.Traffic.User.PCell.UL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526743658 L.Traffic.User.SCell.UL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526743661 L.Traffic.User.RelaxedBackhaul-
CA.SCell.Active.UL.Avg
Message Tracing
For details, see Message Tracing in 9.4.2 Activation Verification.
1526741844 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.PCell.UL.Avg
1526742034 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.SCell.UL.Avg
1526741932 L.Traffic.User.FddTddCA.SCell.Active.UL.Avg
1526741933 L.CA.UL.FddTddCA.PCell.Act.Dur
1526741931 L.CA.UL.FddTddCA.SCell.Act.Dur
1526741919 L.Thrp.bits.UL.FddTddCA.CAUser
1526743685 L.Traffic.User.PCell.UL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526743658 L.Traffic.User.SCell.UL.RelaxedBackhaulCA.Avg
1526743661 L.Traffic.User.RelaxedBackhaul-
CA.SCell.Active.UL.Avg
l After an RRC connection is set up between a CA UE and a cell, the cell acts as the PCell
of the UE. The PCell transmits non-access stratum (NAS) messages for the UE.
l An eNodeB configures SCells for a CA UE by sending messages over the RRC
connection. After the SCells are configured, the CA UE still has only one RRC
connection with the network and is allocated only one cell radio network temporary
identifier (C-RNTI).
l The PCell and SCells of a CA UE each have a complete set of channels with one
exception: the PUCCH. This channel carries layer 1 uplink control information, such as
ACKs or NACKs to downlink data, scheduling requests, and periodic CSI reports. The
PUCCH exists only in the PCell.
l The PCell is set up for a CA UE during initial access or an RRC connection
reestablishment. A handover is required to change the PCell for the UE. An RRC
connection reestablishment procedure is triggered if a radio link failure (RLF) occurs in
the PCell.
l SCells can be deactivated, but the PCell cannot. Only the serving eNodeB of the PCell
can deactivate and remove SCells.
Handover Messages
The handover procedures for CA UEs have the following characteristics:
l The handover procedure for PCell changes is the same as a common handover
procedure, in which the eNodeB sends an RRC Connection Reconfiguration message
that contains the mobilityControlInfo IE to the UE.
The difference in the number of CCs between source and target eNodeBs has no impact on the
handover procedure.
The RRC Connection Reconfiguration message and the preceding IEs can be traced as
described in 5.4.2 Activation Verification.
Measurement Configuration
If an eNodeB performs CA for a CA UE whose signal quality is so poor that an inter-
frequency handover may occur, the spectral efficiency of the network decreases and the block
error rate (BLER) increases. To prevent this, set thresholds as described in Table 16-1.
Handover Events
CA UEs report events for eNodeBs to evaluate the following handovers:
l Intra-frequency handover (Related parameters are configured in the IntraFreqHoGroup
MO.)
An eNodeB performs an intra-frequency handover for a CA UE when it receives an A3
measurement report from the UE in the PCell.
l Inter-frequency handover (Related parameters are configured in the InterFreqHoGroup
MO.)
After receiving an A2 measurement report from a CA UE in the PCell, the serving
eNodeB of the PCell delivers the inter-frequency measurement configuration to the UE.
The measurement configuration varies depending on whether SCells have been
configured for the UE:
– If SCells have been configured, the eNodeB delivers an A3 or A5 measurement
configuration: A3 in case the EutranInterNFreq.InterFreqHoEventType
parameter is set to EventA3 and A5 in case this parameter is set to any other value.
– If no SCells have been configured, the eNodeB delivers a measurement
configuration related to the event specified by the
EutranInterNFreq.InterFreqHoEventType parameter.
The eNodeB performs an inter-frequency handover for the UE when it receives a
measurement report of the specified event from the UE.
NOTE
l For the triggering conditions for these events, see Mobility Management in Connected Mode.
Event A5 is triggered if the signal quality in the PCell is lower than the threshold for handover
event A2 and the signal quality in at least one neighboring cell is higher than the threshold for
handover event A4.
l It is recommended that threshold 1 for event A5 be the same as the threshold for inter-
frequency handover event A2. If threshold 1 is lower than or equal to the threshold for blind
handover event A2, the eNodeB will not deliver A5 measurement configurations to the UEs.
Frequency-Priority-based Handover
If the operator-specified frequency with the highest priority for frequency-priority-based
handovers is different from the frequency with the highest priority for PCC anchoring, you are
advised to select the FreqPriBasedHoCaFiltSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter. In such a case, the eNodeB does not deliver
the measurement configurations related to frequency-priority-based handovers to CA UEs. If
you do not select this option, frequency-priority-based handovers may occur on CA UEs soon
after the UEs are handed over to a frequency with a high PCC anchoring priority.
If a frequency has both the highest priority for frequency-priority-based handovers and the
highest priority for PCC anchoring, you can deselect the FreqPriBasedHoCaFiltSwitch and
PccAnchorSwitch options of the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoSwitch parameter. In such a
case, mobility of both CA UEs and non-CA UEs is subject to the frequency priorities defined
for frequency-priority-based handovers.
Load-based Handover
If the PCell of a CA UE meets the triggering conditions for load balancing and the UE meets
the UE selection conditions, the eNodeB performs a load-based inter-frequency handover on
the UE. For details about this type of handover, see Intra-RAT Mobility Load Balancing.
NOTE
SCell configuration and A4 measurement configuration for carrier management may or may not be
affected by event A2 reporting, depending on the setting of the RcvA2CfgSccSwitch option of the
CaMgtCfg.CellCaAlgoSwitch parameter:
l If this option is deselected, SCell configuration and A4 measurement configuration are affected by
event A2 reporting.
If the serving eNodeB of the PCell for a CA UE receives a handover-related event A2 report from
the UE, the eNodeB stops configuring SCells for the UE and no longer delivers new A4
measurement configurations related to carrier management to the UE. If the eNodeB receives a
handover-related event A1 report, the eNodeB configures SCells for the UE in a blind manner (if
blind SCell configuration is enabled) or after receiving an event A4 report related to carrier
management from the UE. In addition, the eNodeB delivers new A4 measurement configurations
related to carrier management to the UE.
l If this option is selected, SCell configuration and A4 measurement configuration are not affected by
event A2 reporting.
For more details about mobility management, see Mobility Management in Connected Mode.
Admission Control
Admission control under CA differs from admission control without CA in the following
ways:
l Admission control based on the number of UEs
When an eNodeB receives an access request from a CA UE (for RRC connection setup
or reestablishment, an incoming handover, or a transition from out-of-synchronization to
in-synchronization), the eNodeB performs admission control in both the PCell and
SCells based on the number of UEs in the individual cells. If the eNodeB accepts the
access request, it treats the UE as an RRC_CONNECTED UE in each serving cell.
However, only the RRC_CONNECTED UEs in the PCell consume UE count license
units. Take 2CC aggregation as an example. If all UEs on the entire network have their
SCells activated and are working in the 2CC aggregation state, the maximum number of
UEs that can access the network decreases by half, and the number of consumed UE
count license units is equal to the actual number of UEs that have accessed the network.
The UE count threshold used to determine whether to admit a CA UE to an SCell is
equal to 90% of the CellRacThd.AcUserNumber parameter value specified for this cell.
When a preemption-capable UE attempts to access a cell configured on a BBP where the
number of UEs has already reached the maximum number allowed, the eNodeB
preferentially releases other CA UEs that treat the cell as their SCell. The release
maximizes the total number of UEs on the entire network.
l Admission control based on QoS satisfaction rates
This type of admission control applies to GBR services of CA UEs only in their PCells.
– If a CA UE is admitted to its PCell, the UE accesses the network.
– If the UE is not admitted to its PCell but is capable of preemption, the UE performs
preemption in this PCell. If the preemption is successful, the UE accesses the
network.
– If the UE is not admitted to its PCell and if it is incapable of preemption or the
preemption fails, the UE cannot access the network.
For more details about admission control, see Admission and Congestion Control.
Congestion Control
Huawei eNodeBs relieve traffic congestion mainly by releasing GBR services. When a cell is
overloaded, GBR services in the cell do not meet their QoS requirements. If the DlLdcSwitch
and UlLdcSwitch options of the CellAlgoSwitch.RacAlgoSwitch parameter are selected for
the cell, the eNodeB releases low-priority GBR services in the cell to ensure satisfaction rates
for high-priority GBR services. This congestion control mechanism works in CA scenarios.
If congestion control over GBR services is triggered in a cell because there are insufficient
radio resources, the eNodeB releases GBR services of CA UEs that treat this cell as their
PCell and of non-CA UEs in this cell. (Non-CA UEs are terminals that do not support CA.)
When the eNodeB selects the UEs whose services are to be released, it removes CA UEs that
treat the cell as their SCell from the list of prioritized candidates. If a service to be released is
the only GBR service of a UE (either CA UE or non-CA UE) that meets conditions for
redirection, the eNodeB redirects the UE. If the service is not the only GBR service or the
conditions for redirection have not been met, the eNodeB releases this GBR service of the
UE.
For more details about congestion control, see Admission and Congestion Control.
For GBR services, scheduling with CA enabled is almost the same as scheduling with CA
disabled. The goal of scheduling is still to meet the QoS requirements of GBR services.
For non-GBR services, Huawei has designed two scheduling methods for the enhanced
proportional fair (EPF) policy: basic and differentiated. The method used is specified by the
CellDlschAlgo.CaSchStrategy parameter. The default method is basic scheduling. The
scheduling method must be consistent between serving cells to prevent data transmission
exceptions. The following presents the characteristics of the two methods:
l Basic scheduling
When PRBs on a network are abundant, basic scheduling works in the same way as
differentiated scheduling. CA UEs can use sufficient PRBs to meet their service
requirements.
When there is PRB congestion on a network, basic scheduling works to maintain
fairness. The data rate of a CA UE is almost the same as the data rate of a non-CA UE
that is running services with the same QCI.
Due to inconsistent spectral efficiency for the CA UE between CCs, basic scheduling
does not achieve the same data rates for the CA UE and the non-CA UE when planning
to allocate the same number of PRBs to the two UEs.
– If the difference in spectral efficiency between CCs is large (for example, when the
CA UE is located at the edge of its PCell or SCell), there is a large difference in the
number of allocated PRBs between the CA UE and the non-CA UE.
– If the spectral efficiency is almost the same between CCs, the number of PRBs
allocated to the CA UE is close to that of PRBs allocated to the non-CA UE.
The CellDlschAlgo.CaSchWeight parameter has been added in eRAN11.1 to specify a
differentiated scheduling factor for CA UEs when the scheduling method is basic
scheduling. This parameter can be set to values of 0 to 10, which correspond to actual
values ranging from 0 to 1. It takes effect only for downlink scheduling. A larger
parameter value results in more scheduling differentiation between CA UEs and non-CA
UEs. A smaller parameter value results in fairer scheduling. This is a parameter to be set
only for PCells. If this parameter is set to its default value 0, basic scheduling works in
the same way as before. If this parameter is set to a non-zero value, the number of PRBs
allocated to a CA UE is (1 + n x m) times the number of PRBs allocated to a non-CA
UE, where n is the number of activated SCells and m is the actual value of the parameter
that specifies the differentiated scheduling factor.
l Differentiated scheduling
The data rate of a CA UE for priority calculation is defined as the data rate only on the
current CC of the UE. On each CC, the CA UE is allocated the same number of RBs as a
non-CA UE on the same CC would be. Therefore, the number of RBs allocated to the
CA UE is the sum of the average number of RBs per non-CA UE in each of the serving
cells. The data rate of the CA UE served by n CCs is almost n times the data rate of a
non-CA UE, assuming that the spectral efficiencies of the CCs are close to each other,
UEs are evenly distributed on the CCs, and channel conditions are the same between the
CCs.
In differentiated scheduling, a CA UE is treated as a common UE on each CC. It is
scheduled separately in the CCs. Therefore, a CA UE can be allocated more PRBs and
deliver a better user experience than a non-CA UE. However, radio resources for non-
CA UEs decrease.
on all the CCs. For details about RLC UM, see section 4.2.1 "RLC entities" in 3GPP TS
36.322 V10.0.0.
l In inter-eNodeB CA based on relaxed backhaul, when RLC UM is used, the serving
eNodeB of the PCell schedules the UE only on the PCC regardless of service types (such
as VoLTE, emergency call, real-time video or voice streaming, or real-time gaming).
NOTE
If an SCell is configured in the uplink for a CA UE, uplink scheduling uses the method configured for
downlink scheduling: basic or differentiated scheduling.
Precise scheduling is available for CA UEs. With precise scheduling, the eNodeB
dynamically distributes traffic to CCs based on the real-time traffic volume and scheduling
capabilities of the CCs. This function is enabled if the CaEnhancedPreAllocSwitch option of
the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoExtSwitch parameter is selected.
l In FDD, this option does not take effect for inter-eNodeB CA based on relaxed backhaul.
According to section 5.7 "Discontinuous Reception (DRX)" in 3GPP TS 36.321 V11.2.0, the
same active time applies to all activated serving cells.
For this purpose, all the serving cells use the DRX parameters of the PCell, including On
Duration Timer, DRX Inactivity Timer, and DRX Short Cycle Timer. Figure 16-1 shows an
example of the DRX configuration under CA.
l If DRX is enabled in the PCell and all of the SCells for a CA UE, the UE states in the
cells are handled as follows when the serving eNodeB of the PCell sends a MAC CE to
activate the SCells:
– If the UE has entered the DRX state in the PCell, the UE now also enters the DRX
state in SCells, with the DRX parameters for the PCell applied to the SCells.
– If the UE has not entered the DRX state in the PCell, the eNodeB determines
whether the UE should enter the DRX state in all the PCell and SCells based on the
traffic volume of the UE.
l If DRX is enabled in the PCell but disabled in an SCell, the UE exits and does not return
to the DRX state after the SCell is configured for the UE.
l If DRX is disabled in the PCell, the UE will not enter the DRX state in either the PCell
or SCells, regardless of whether DRX is enabled in the SCells.
l If DRX and uplink FDD+TDD CA are both enabled, the
DrxParaGroup.OnDurationTimer parameter must be set to a value greater than four
subframes for the FDD cell.
l QCI-specific DRX for the UE is controlled only by the PCell.
For more details about DRX control, see DRX and Signaling Control.
CA UEs can access only operator-specific carriers (either in PCells or in SCells). For
example, there are three frequencies:
On this network, only the carriers of f1 and f2 can be aggregated for CA UEs of operator A,
and only the carriers of f1 and f3 can be aggregated for CA UEs of operator B. Cells on f3
cannot be accessed by or configured as SCells for CA UEs of operator A. Cells on f2 cannot
be accessed by or configured as SCells for CA UEs of operator B.
In RAN sharing scenarios, different eNodeBs must be assigned different eNodeB IDs.
Otherwise, errors will occur in SCell configuration because target eNodeBs cannot be
identified.
NOTE
Extended PHR is an information element introduced by 3GPP for uplink CA UEs. It contains the PHR
for each CC. For details, see section 6.1.3.6a "Extended Power Headroom MAC Control Element" in
3GPP TS 36.321 V11.0.0.
procedure is triggered again. The eNodeB removes the SCell if consecutive random access
attempts fail.
NOTE
For details about PDCCH order, see section 8.0 "UE procedure for transmitting the physical uplink
shared channel" in 3GPP TS 36.213 V11.4.0.
If a TDD cell and an FDD cell are acting as the PCell and SCell respectively in uplink 2CC
aggregation for a UE and the FTMtaAlgSwitch option of the
ENodeBAlgoSwitch.CaAlgoExTSwitch parameter is selected:
l The eNodeB preferentially instructs the UE to send SRSs in the 13th orthogonal
frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of an uplink subframe. Uplink
scheduling of the UE in the FDD cell yields to the SRS transmission to ensure
beamforming gains in the TDD cell.
l If the CellPdcchAlgo.ComSigCongregLv parameter is set to CONGREG_LV8 for the
TDD cell, the PDCCH control channel element (CCE) aggregation level for common
control signaling is so high that the eNodeB transmit power might be insufficient for
sending a Random Access Response message to the UE. This negatively affects
configuration of the uplink SCell for the UE.
TM9-capable CA UEs work in TM9 and other CA UEs work in a MIMO scheme
depending on the setting of the CellMimoParaCfg.MimoAdaptiveSwitch parameter.
On a 4T MIMO network, CA works in downlink 4x2 MIMO scenarios if CA UEs support 2R
and in downlink 4x4 MIMO scenarios if CA UEs support 4R.
When FDD and TDD cells serve as the PCell and an SCell for uplink FDD+TDD CA,
respectively, the SRS subframe configurations of the two cells must overlap if the TDD SCell
needs to support TM7, TM8, or TM9 without PMI.
For more details about MIMO, see MIMO.
UEs
The way the terminal industry chain has developed, some UEs do not support aggregation of
the maximum number of CCs while using the highest-order MIMO configurations. For
example, some UEs support aggregation of three 2x2 MIMO CCs or aggregation of one 4x4
MIMO CC and one 2x2 MIMO CC, but not aggregation of three 4x4 MIMO CCs.
For these UEs, the CaMgtCfg.CaMimoPriorityStrategySw parameter can be used to
determine the policy for adaptive selection of CA or high-order MIMO when the UEs have
been configured with a maximum number of CCs.
l If this parameter is set to CA_PRIOR, CA takes precedence.
l If this parameter is set to MIMO_PRIOR, the eNodeB attempts to configure as many
4x4 MIMO-capable CCs as possible.
For this purpose, the eNodeB removes SCells for a CA UE when two conditions are
fulfilled. The UE falls back to be served by fewer CCs and enables rank-4-based
transmission on the 4x4 MIMO-capable CCs. These conditions are:
– The UE determines that SCell removal will allow a larger number of CCs to be
capable of 4x4 MIMO.
– The eNodeB determines that, after the fallback, any one of the 4x4 MIMO-capable
CCs will meet the conditions described in Table 16-2.
– The UE determines that SCell removal will help reach a higher theoretical peak data
rate.
– The eNodeB determines that, after the fallback, all of the 4x4 MIMO-capable CCs
will meet the conditions described in Table 16-2.
When all 4x4 MIMO-capable CCs meet the conditions described in Table 16-3, the
eNodeB configures SCells again so that the number of CCs for the UE reaches the
maximum.
64QAM Sum of the CQI adjustment values for all codewords <
(CellDlschAlgo.RankChangeAttemptMcsThld + 3) x 2
256QAM Sum of the CQI adjustment values for all codewords <
(CellDlschAlgo.RankChangeAttemptMcsThld + 11) x 2
Sum of the CQI adjustment values for all codewords in rank-3-based transmission = CQI
adjustment value for codeword 0 + CQI adjustment value for codeword 1 x 2
Sum of the CQI adjustment values for all codewords in rank-4-based transmission = CQI
adjustment value for codeword 0 x 2 + CQI adjustment value for codeword 1 x 2
NOTE
17 Parameters
CaMgtC CaAmbr MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the AMBR threshold for
fg Thd CAMG -001001 Aggrega aggregating carriers for UEs. Carriers can be
TCFG 01/ tion for aggregated only for UEs whose AMBR values are
LST TDLAO Downlin greater than this threshold. A larger value of this
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC parameter leads to fewer UEs for whom the carriers
TCFG 00111 Carrier can be aggregated. This parameter applies only to LTE
LAOFD Aggrega FDD and LTE TDD.
-001002 tion for GUI Value Range: 0~65535
LAOFD Downlin Unit: Mbps
-070201 k 2CC
in Actual Value Range: 0~65535
/
TDLAO 40MHz Default Value: 0
FD-070 Flexible
201 CA
LAOFD from
-070202 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-110 eNodeB
401 CA
LAOFD based on
-080201 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-081 Inter-
402 eNodeB
LAOFD CA
-080202 Based
on
LAOFD Relaxed
-080207
LAOFD Backhau
-080208 l
TDLAO Carrier
FD-001 Aggrega
002 tion for
Uplink
2CC
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
SccFreq CnOper ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the operators corresponding to an
Cfg atorList SCCFR -001001 Aggrega SCC. The characters from the left to the right in the
EQCFG 01/ tion for parameter value correspond to the operator indexes of
MOD TDLAO Downlin the local eNodeB. The first character on the left
SCCFR FD-001 k 2CC corresponds to the operator with the index of 0. The
EQCFG 00111 Carrier character can be assigned with a value either 0 or 1. If
LAOFD Aggrega the character is assigned with a value 1, the SCC can
LST be used by the corresponding operator. If the character
SCCFR -001002 tion for
/ Downlin is assigned with a value 0, the SCC cannot be used by
EQCFG the corresponding operator. The eNodeB filters the
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-001 in SCCs based on the operators which a CA UE
002 40MHz accesses. If the corresponding operator index is
invalid, the eNodeB ignores it. For example: 100100
LAOFD Support indicates that the SCC belongs to the operators whose
-001001 for UE operator indexes are 0 and 3. This parameter does not
03/ Categor take effect on the LMPT, and in this case the SCC can
TDLAO y6 be used by all operators. This parameter applies only
FD-001 Flexible to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
00102 CA GUI Value Range: 6 characters
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple Unit: None
/ Carriers Actual Value Range: 000000~111111
TDLAO Inter- Default Value: 111111
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
RelaxedBHCaEnh2Switch(RelaxedBHCaEnh2Switch
), SmartCaPccSelSwitch(SmartCaPccSelSwitch),
HoWithSccCfgBlindFirstSw(HoWithSccCfgBlind-
FirstSw),
UeBandCombReducedR13Sw(UeBandCombReduced
R13Sw)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FTMtaAlgSwitch,
TddCloudbbUlCaSwitch, CaAdapReconfigSW,
FreqBaseCaLicAlarmSwitch, FreqBaseIntereNBSccS-
witch, SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch,
CaAnrGapOptSwitch, SmartCaFastSccCfgSwitch,
CaEnhancedPreAllocSwitch,
RelaxedBHCaEnh2Switch, SmartCaPccSelSwitch,
HoWithSccCfgBlindFirstSw,
UeBandCombReducedR13Sw
Default Value: FTMtaAlgSwitch:Off,
TddCloudbbUlCaSwitch:Off,
CaAdapReconfigSW:Off, FreqBaseCaLicAlarmS-
witch:Off, FreqBaseIntereNBSccSwitch:Off,
SccDeactByUlDtxSwitch:Off,
CaAnrGapOptSwitch:Off, SmartCaFastSccCfgS-
witch:Off, CaEnhancedPreAllocSwitch:Off,
RelaxedBHCaEnh2Switch:Off,
SmartCaPccSelSwitch:Off, HoWithSccCfgBlind-
FirstSw:Off, UeBandCombReducedR13Sw:Off
based on NackDtxIdentifySwitch(NackDtxIdentifySwitch):
EPC(LT indicates whether the eNodeB regards NACK/DTX
E TDD) confusions as DTXs or NACKs during PUSCH
demodulation. When this option is selected, the
eNodeB regards NACK/DTX confusions as DTXs.
When this option is deselected, the eNodeB regards
NACK/DTX confusions as NACKs. This option
applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CaDl2CCExtSwitch(CaDl2CCExtSwitch): indicates
whether to enable downlink 2CC CA on extended
bandwidth. Downlink FDD 2CC CA can reach an
aggregated bandwidth between 20 MHz and 40 MHz
(inclusive) and downlink TDD 2CC CA can reach an
aggregated bandwidth between 30 MHz and 40 MHz
(inclusive) only if this option is selected. To use this
CA feature, operators must select this option
regardless of whether the local cell acts as a PCell or
an SCell for a UE. This option takes effect only in
adaptive (frequency-based) configuration mode. This
option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CaDl3CCExtSwitch(CaDl3CCExtSwitch): indicates
whether to enable downlink 3CC CA on extended
bandwidth. Downlink FDD 3CC CA can reach an
aggregated bandwidth between 40 MHz and 60 MHz
(inclusive) only if this option is selected. To use this
CA feature, operators must select this option
regardless of whether the local cell acts as a PCell or
an SCell for a UE. This option takes effect only in
adaptive (frequency-based) configuration mode. This
option applies only to LTE FDD.
VolteSupportCaInterFreqMeasSw(VolteSupportCaIn-
terFreqMeasSw): indicates whether VoLTE UEs can
perform inter-frequency measurements for SCell
configuration or PCC anchoring for connected-mode
UEs. The eNodeB delivers inter-frequency
measurement configurations to CA UEs running
VoLTE services for SCell configuration or PCC
anchoring only if this option is selected. To enable the
eNodeB to configure NR SCGs based on gap-assisted
inter-frequency measurements for UEs with
concurrent VoLTE and data services, select this
option. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
CaEnhAperiodicCqiRptSwitch: indicates the aperiodic
CQI reporting mechanism in CA. If this option is
selected, then:
Dc3cSwitch(Dc3cSwitch), MultiCarrierFlexCaS-
witch(MultiCarrierFlexCaSwitch), NackDtxIdentify-
Switch(NackDtxIdentifySwitch),
CaDl2CCExtSwitch(CaDl2CCExtSwitch),
CaDl3CCExtSwitch(CaDl3CCExtSwitch),
VolteSupportCaInterFreqMeasSw(VolteSupportCaIn-
terFreqMeasSw), CaEnhAperiodicCqiRptS-
witch(CaEnhAperiodicCqiRptSwitch),
SpectrumCoordinationSwitch(SpectrumCoordina-
tionSwitch), VolteUlCaControlS-
witch(VolteUlCaControlSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CaDl3CCSwitch,
CaUl2CCSwitch, CaDl4CCSwitch,
InterFddTddCaSwitch, 2CCDlCaEnhanceSwitch,
CaDl5CCSwitch, CaInstantlyJudgeSwitch,
LaaCaDlSwitch, FddTddCaUlServiceFirstSwitch,
RcvA2CfgSccSwitch, Dc3cSwitch, MultiCarrierFlex-
CaSwitch, NackDtxIdentifySwitch,
CaDl2CCExtSwitch, CaDl3CCExtSwitch,
VolteSupportCaInterFreqMeasSw, CaEnhAperiodicC-
qiRptSwitch, SpectrumCoordinationSwitch,
VolteUlCaControlSwitch
Default Value: CaDl3CCSwitch:Off,
CaUl2CCSwitch:Off, CaDl4CCSwitch:Off,
InterFddTddCaSwitch:Off,
2CCDlCaEnhanceSwitch:Off, CaDl5CCSwitch:Off,
CaInstantlyJudgeSwitch:Off, LaaCaDlSwitch:Off,
FddTddCaUlServiceFirstSwitch:Off,
RcvA2CfgSccSwitch:Off, Dc3cSwitch:Off,
MultiCarrierFlexCaSwitch:Off, NackDtxIdentify-
Switch:Off, CaDl2CCExtSwitch:Off,
CaDl3CCExtSwitch:Off, VolteSupportCaInterFreq-
MeasSw:Off, CaEnhAperiodicCqiRptSwitch:Off,
SpectrumCoordinationSwitch:Off,
VolteUlCaControlSwitch:Off
RlcPdcp Dl4cc5c ADD LBFD-0 Radio Meaning: Indicates the length of the reordering timer
ParaGro cUeReor RLCPD 02008/ Bearer that applies to non-GBR bearers in RLC AM for CA
up deringTi CPPAR TDLBF Manage UEs in the intra-eNodeB or coordinated-eNodeB-
mer AGROU D-00200 ment based 4CC CA and 5CC CA states when the number
P 8 of UEs in RRC_CONNECTED mode does not exceed
MOD the value of CaUeRlcParaAdptiveThd in their PCell.
RLCPD This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
CPPAR TDD.
AGROU GUI Value Range: Treordering_m0(0),
P Treordering_m5(5), Treordering_m10(10),
LST Treordering_m15(15), Treordering_m20(20),
RLCPD Treordering_m25(25), Treordering_m30(30),
CPPAR Treordering_m35(35), Treordering_m40(40),
AGROU Treordering_m45(45), Treordering_m50(50),
P Treordering_m55(55), Treordering_m60(60),
Treordering_m65(65), Treordering_m70(70),
Treordering_m75(75), Treordering_m80(80),
Treordering_m85(85), Treordering_m90(90),
Treordering_m95(95), Treordering_m100(100),
Treordering_m110(110), Treordering_m120(120),
Treordering_m130(130), Treordering_m140(140),
Treordering_m150(150), Treordering_m160(160),
Treordering_m170(170), Treordering_m180(180),
Treordering_m190(190), Treordering_m200(200)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Treordering_m0,
Treordering_m5, Treordering_m10, Treordering_m15,
Treordering_m20, Treordering_m25,
Treordering_m30, Treordering_m35,
Treordering_m40, Treordering_m45,
Treordering_m50, Treordering_m55,
Treordering_m60, Treordering_m65,
Treordering_m70, Treordering_m75,
Treordering_m80, Treordering_m85,
Treordering_m90, Treordering_m95,
Treordering_m100, Treordering_m110,
Treordering_m120, Treordering_m130,
Treordering_m140, Treordering_m150,
Treordering_m160, Treordering_m170,
Treordering_m180, Treordering_m190,
Treordering_m200
Default Value: Treordering_m15(15)
RlcPdcp Dl4cc5c ADD LBFD-0 Radio Meaning: Indicates the length of the status reporting
ParaGro cUeStat RLCPD 02008/ Bearer prohibition timer that applies to non-GBR bearers in
up ProhTim CPPAR TDLBF Manage RLC AM for CA UEs in the intra-eNodeB or
er AGROU D-00200 ment coordinated-eNodeB-based 4CC CA and 5CC CA
P 8 states when the number of UEs in
MOD RRC_CONNECTED mode is less than or equal to the
RLCPD value of CaUeRlcParaAdptiveThd in their PCell. This
CPPAR parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
AGROU GUI Value Range: m0(0), m5(5), m10(10), m15(15),
P m20(20), m25(25), m30(30), m35(35), m40(40),
LST m45(45), m50(50), m55(55), m60(60), m65(65),
RLCPD m70(70), m75(75), m80(80), m85(85), m90(90),
CPPAR m95(95), m100(100), m105(105), m110(110),
AGROU m115(115), m120(120), m125(125), m130(130),
P m135(135), m140(140), m145(145), m150(150),
m155(155), m160(160), m165(165), m170(170),
m175(175), m180(180), m185(185), m190(190),
m195(195), m200(200), m205(205), m210(210),
m215(215), m220(220), m225(225), m230(230),
m235(235), m240(240), m245(245), m250(250),
m300(300), m350(350), m400(400), m450(450),
m500(500)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: m0, m5, m10, m15, m20, m25,
m30, m35, m40, m45, m50, m55, m60, m65, m70,
m75, m80, m85, m90, m95, m100, m105, m110,
m115, m120, m125, m130, m135, m140, m145,
m150, m155, m160, m165, m170, m175, m180,
m185, m190, m195, m200, m205, m210, m215,
m220, m225, m230, m235, m240, m245, m250,
m300, m350, m400, m450, m500
Default Value: m15(15)
CaMgtC MinDlA MOD LAOFD Flexible Meaning: Indicates the allowed minimum number of
fg vgToBe CAMG -070201 CA UEs to be scheduled in the downlink in intelligent
Schedul TCFG / from selection of serving cell combinations. If this
edUeNu LST TDLAO Multiple parameter is set to 0, the eNodeB does not consider
m CAMG FD-070 Carriers the average number of UEs to be scheduled in the
TCFG 201 downlink when calculating cell capabilities in
intelligent selection. If this parameter is not set to 0,
the eNodeB considers the average number of UEs to
be scheduled in the downlink and limits the minimum
number of UEs to be scheduled in the downlink when
calculating cell capabilities in intelligent selection.
This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~10, step: 0.1
Default Value: 0
CaMgtC SmartCa MOD LAOFD Flexible Meaning: Indicates the minimum amount of gain
fg PccAnc CAMG -070201 CA required by PCC anchoring for intelligent selection of
horingH TCFG / from serving cell combinations. When evaluating a
yst LST TDLAO Multiple candidate serving cell combination that will trigger
CAMG FD-070 Carriers PCC anchoring, this intelligent selection function
TCFG 201 selects this combination only if the amount of gain
brought by the PCC anchoring exceeds the value of
this parameter. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 0
CaMgtC CaTraffi MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the policy according to which the
fg cDirecti CAMG -001001 Aggrega eNodeB selects band combinations when configuring
onPref TCFG 01/ tion for SCells for CA. If this parameter is set to DL_FIRST,
LST TDLAO Downlin the eNodeB preferentially selects a band combination
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC with the maximum downlink CA capability when a
TCFG 00111 Carrier candidate SCell is a multi-band cell. This band
LAOFD Aggrega combination may not support uplink CA. If this
-001002 tion for parameter is set to UL_FIRST, the eNodeB
/ Downlin preferentially selects a band combination supporting
TDLAO k 2CC uplink CA when a candidate SCell is a multi-band
FD-001 in cell, so that an uplink SCell can be configured for the
002 40MHz UE. If this parameter is set to
UL_CA_COMBINATION_FIRST, the eNodeB
LAOFD Flexible preferentially selects the serving cell combination
-070201 CA with the strongest uplink capability in intelligent
/ from selection of serving cell combinations. This parameter
TDLAO Multiple applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
FD-070 Carriers
201 GUI Value Range: DL_FIRST(Downlink First),
Carrier UL_FIRST(Uplink First),
LAOFD Aggrega UL_CA_COMBINATION_FIRST(UL_CA_COMBI
-080202 tion for NATION_FIRST)
/ Uplink
TDLAO 2CC Unit: None
FD-081 Carrier Actual Value Range: DL_FIRST, UL_FIRST,
407 Aggrega UL_CA_COMBINATION_FIRST
LAOFD tion for Default Value: DL_FIRST(Downlink First)
-080207 Downlin
LAOFD k 3CC
-080208 in
40MHz
TDLAO
FD-081 Carrier
405 Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
GlobalP ProcTyp MOD LAOFD Inter- Meaning: Indicates the mode of processing data
rocSwitc eForNon GLOBA -080201 eNodeB related to coordination-based features in non-ideal
h IdealSer LPROC / CA backhaul mode. If this parameter is set to HARD, data
vData SWITC TDLAO Based is processed by hardware. If this parameter is set to
H FD-081 on SOFT, data is processed by software.
LST 402 Relaxed GUI Value Range: HARD(HARD), SOFT(SOFT)
GLOBA LOFD-0 Backhau
l Unit: None
LPROC 81219
SWITC Inter- Actual Value Range: HARD, SOFT
LOFD-1
H 20205 eNodeB Default Value: HARD(HARD)
VoLTE
CoMP
Uplink
Coverag
e
Improve
ment for
Video
GbrAmbrJudgeSwitch, MtaAlgSwitch,
RelaxedBackhaulCaSwitch, AdpCaSwitch,
CaHoControlSwitch, DistributeCloudbbCaSwitch,
SccSmartCfgSwitch, IdleModePccAnchorSwitch,
FreqPriBasedHoCaFiltSwitch, CaSccSuspendSwitch,
PccSmartCfgSwitch, CaA5HoEventSwitch,
EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch, CaAdpPreSchSwitch,
CaPreSchSwitch, CaLoadBalancePreAllocSwitch,
RelaxedBHCaArqSelectSwitch,
TddRelaxedBackhaulCaSwitch, RelaxedBHCaEnhan-
ceSwitch, CaSmartSelectionSwitch,
CaRlcPreAllocSwitch, PccAnchorOptSwitch
Default Value: PdcchOverlapSrchSpcSwitch:On,
CaCapbFiltSwitch:Off, PccAnchorSwitch:Off,
SccBlindCfgSwitch:Off, FreqCfgSwitch:Off,
SccA2RmvSwitch:On, CaTrafficTriggerSwitch:Off,
HoWithSccCfgSwitch:Off, SccModA6Switch:Off,
GbrAmbrJudgeSwitch:Off, MtaAlgSwitch:Off,
RelaxedBackhaulCaSwitch:Off, AdpCaSwitch:Off,
CaHoControlSwitch:Off, DistributeCloudbbCaS-
witch:Off, SccSmartCfgSwitch:Off,
IdleModePccAnchorSwitch:Off, FreqPriBasedHoCa-
FiltSwitch:Off, CaSccSuspendSwitch:Off,
PccSmartCfgSwitch:Off, CaA5HoEventSwitch:On,
EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch:Off,
CaAdpPreSchSwitch:On, CaPreSchSwitch:Off,
CaLoadBalancePreAllocSwitch:Off,
RelaxedBHCaArqSelectSwitch:Off,
TddRelaxedBackhaulCaSwitch:Off,
RelaxedBHCaEnhanceSwitch:Off,
CaSmartSelectionSwitch:Off,
CaRlcPreAllocSwitch:On, PccAnchorOptSwitch:Off
EutranIn InterFre ADD LBFD-0 Coverag Meaning: Indicates the event to trigger coverage-
terNFre qHoEve EUTRA 0201802 e Based based inter-frequency handovers. This parameter can
q ntType NINTE / Inter- be set to EventA3, EventA4, or EventA5. This
RNFRE TDLBF frequenc parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
Q D-00201 y GUI Value Range: EventA3(EventA3),
MOD 802 Handov EventA4(EventA4), EventA5(EventA5)
EUTRA er
Unit: None
NINTE
RNFRE Actual Value Range: EventA3, EventA4, EventA5
Q Default Value: EventA4(EventA4)
LST
EUTRA
NINTE
RNFRE
Q
EutranIn CellIndi ADD LBFD-0 Coverag Meaning: Indicates the cell individual offset for the
terFreq vidualOf EUTRA 0201802 e Based inter-frequency neighboring cell. It affects the
NCell fset NINTE / Inter- probability of triggering inter-frequency measurement
RFREQ TDLBF frequenc reports. A larger value of this parameter indicates a
NCELL D-00201 y higher probability. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
MOD 802 Handov This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
EUTRA LBFD-0 er TDD.
NINTE 0201804 Distance GUI Value Range: dB-24(-24dB), dB-22(-22dB),
RFREQ / Based dB-20(-20dB), dB-18(-18dB), dB-16(-16dB),
NCELL TDLBF Inter- dB-14(-14dB), dB-12(-12dB), dB-10(-10dB),
LST D-00201 frequenc dB-8(-8dB), dB-6(-6dB), dB-5(-5dB), dB-4(-4dB),
EUTRA 804 y dB-3(-3dB), dB-2(-2dB), dB-1(-1dB), dB0(0dB),
NINTE LBFD-0 Handov dB1(1dB), dB2(2dB), dB3(3dB), dB4(4dB),
RFREQ 0201805 er dB5(5dB), dB6(6dB), dB8(8dB), dB10(10dB),
NCELL / Service dB12(12dB), dB14(14dB), dB16(16dB), dB18(18dB),
TDLBF Based dB20(20dB), dB22(22dB), dB24(24dB)
D-00201 Inter- Unit: dB
805 frequenc Actual Value Range: dB-24, dB-22, dB-20, dB-18,
y dB-16, dB-14, dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6, dB-5, dB-4,
Handov dB-3, dB-2, dB-1, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5,
er dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20,
dB22, dB24
Default Value: dB0(0dB)
Cell CellSpe ADD LBFD-0 Coverag Meaning: Indicates the cell specific offset for the
cificOffs CELL 0201801 e Based serving cell. It affects the probability of triggering
et MOD / Intra- handovers from the serving cell to its neighboring
CELL TDLBF frequenc cells. A smaller value of this parameter leads to a
D-00201 y higher probability. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331.
LST 801 Handov This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
CELL er TDD.
TDLBF
D-00201 Mobility GUI Value Range: dB-24(-24dB), dB-22(-22dB),
8/ Manage dB-20(-20dB), dB-18(-18dB), dB-16(-16dB),
LBFD-0 ment dB-14(-14dB), dB-12(-12dB), dB-10(-10dB),
02018 Coverag dB-8(-8dB), dB-6(-6dB), dB-5(-5dB), dB-4(-4dB),
TDLBF e Based dB-3(-3dB), dB-2(-2dB), dB-1(-1dB), dB0(0dB),
D-00201 Inter- dB1(1dB), dB2(2dB), dB3(3dB), dB4(4dB),
802/ frequenc dB5(5dB), dB6(6dB), dB8(8dB), dB10(10dB),
LBFD-0 y dB12(12dB), dB14(14dB), dB16(16dB), dB18(18dB),
0201802 Handov dB20(20dB), dB22(22dB), dB24(24dB)
er Unit: dB
TDLBF
D-00201 Distance Actual Value Range: dB-24, dB-22, dB-20, dB-18,
804/ Based dB-16, dB-14, dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6, dB-5, dB-4,
LBFD-0 Inter- dB-3, dB-2, dB-1, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5,
0201804 frequenc dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18, dB20,
y dB22, dB24
TDLBF
Handov Default Value: dB0(0dB)
D-00201
er
805/
LBFD-0 Service
0201805 Based
Inter-
TDLOF
frequenc
D-00101
y
9/
Handov
LOFD-0
er
01019
PS Inter-
TDLOF RAT
D-00104 Mobility
3/ between
LOFD-0 E-
01043 UTRAN
TDLOF and
D-00107 UTRAN
2/ Service
LOFD-0 based
01072 inter-
TDLOF RAT
D-00102 handove
0/ r to
LOFD-0 UTRAN
01020
TDLOF Distance
D-00104 based
6/ inter-
LOFD-0 RAT
01046 handove
TDLOF r to
D-00107 UTRAN
3/ PS Inter-
LOFD-0 RAT
01073 Mobility
between
E-
UTRAN
and
GERAN
Service
based
inter-
RAT
handove
r to
GERAN
Distance
based
inter-
RAT
handove
r to
GERAN
CaMgtC CarrAgg MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the offset for CA event A6. This
fg rA6Offs CAMG -001001 Aggrega offset is the difference between the quality of a
et TCFG 01/ tion for neighboring cell and that of an SCell. A larger value
LST TDLAO Downlin indicates that a neighboring cell must have a better
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC quality than the SCell before event A6 can be
TCFG 00111 Carrier reported. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
TDLAO Aggrega and LTE TDD.
FD-001 tion for GUI Value Range: -30~30
002 Downlin Unit: 0.5dB
TDLAO k 2CC
in Actual Value Range: -15~15
FD-001
00102 40MHz Default Value: 2
TDLAO Support
FD-070 for UE
201 Categor
y6
LAOFD
-001002 Flexible
CA
LAOFD from
-001001 Multiple
03 Carriers
LAOFD Carrier
-070201 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-070202 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-110 40MHz
401 Support
for UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CellMcP TimetoT MOD LBFD-0 Downlin Meaning: Indicates the time-to-trigger for reporting
ara rigger CELLM 0202201 k Static event A3 or A6. When detecting that the signal quality
CPARA / Inter- in the serving cell and that in at least one neighboring
LST TDLBF Cell cell meet the entering condition, the UE does not
CELLM D-00202 Interfere report the event to the eNodeB immediately. Instead,
CPARA 201 nce the UE reports the event only when the signal quality
LBFD-0 Coordin continuously meets the entering condition throughout
0202202 ation the time-to-trigger. This parameter applies only to
/ Uplink LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TDLBF Static GUI Value Range: 0ms(0ms), 40ms(40ms),
D-00202 Inter- 64ms(64ms), 80ms(80ms), 100ms(100ms),
202 Cell 128ms(128ms), 160ms(160ms), 256ms(256ms),
LOFD-0 Interfere 320ms(320ms), 480ms(480ms), 512ms(512ms),
01066/ nce 640ms(640ms), 1024ms(1024ms), 1280ms(1280ms),
TDLOF Coordin 2560ms(2560ms), 5120ms(5120ms)
D-00106 ation Unit: ms
6 Intra- Actual Value Range: 0ms, 40ms, 64ms, 80ms, 100ms,
LOFD-0 eNodeB 128ms, 160ms, 256ms, 320ms, 480ms, 512ms, 640ms,
60201 UL 1024ms, 1280ms, 2560ms, 5120ms
CoMP
Default Value: 640ms(640ms)
Adaptiv
e Inter-
Cell
Interfere
nce
Coordin
ation
PrivateC PrivateC ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the ID of the private CA band
aBandC aCombI PRIVAT -001001 Aggrega combination. It uniquely identifies a private CA band
omb d ECABA 01/ tion for combination in an eNodeB. This parameter applies
NDCO TDLAO Downlin only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
MB FD-001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: 0~31
DSP 00111 Carrier Unit: None
PRIVAT LAOFD Aggrega
ECABA -001002 tion for Actual Value Range: 0~31
NDCO / Downlin Default Value: None
MB TDLAO k 2CC
LST FD-001 in
PRIVAT 002 40MHz
ECABA LAOFD Support
NDCO -001001 for UE
MB 03/ Categor
MOD TDLAO y6
PRIVAT FD-001 Flexible
ECABA 00102 CA
NDCO LAOFD from
MB -070201 Multiple
RMV / Carriers
PRIVAT TDLAO Inter-
ECABA FD-070 eNodeB
NDCO 201 CA
MB LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
PrivateC MaxAgg ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the maximum aggregated
aBandC regated PRIVAT -001001 Aggrega bandwidth supported by the CA band combination.
omb Bw ECABA 01/ tion for This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
NDCO TDLAO Downlin TDD.
MB FD-001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: 20~300
MOD 00111 Carrier Unit: MHz
PRIVAT LAOFD Aggrega
ECABA -001002 tion for Actual Value Range: 20~300
NDCO / Downlin Default Value: None
MB TDLAO k 2CC
DSP FD-001 in
PRIVAT 002 40MHz
ECABA LAOFD Support
NDCO -001001 for UE
MB 03/ Categor
LST TDLAO y6
PRIVAT FD-001 Flexible
ECABA 00102 CA
NDCO LAOFD from
MB -070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates combination band 1. For details,
aBandC nd1Id PRIVAT -001001 Aggrega see 3GPP TS 36.101. This parameter applies only to
omb ECABA 01/ tion for LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
NDCO TDLAO Downlin GUI Value Range: 1~256
MB FD-001 k 2CC
00111 Unit: None
MOD Carrier
PRIVAT LAOFD Aggrega Actual Value Range: 1~256
ECABA -001002 tion for Default Value: 1
NDCO / Downlin
MB TDLAO k 2CC
DSP FD-001 in
PRIVAT 002 40MHz
ECABA LAOFD Support
NDCO -001001 for UE
MB 03/ Categor
LST TDLAO y6
PRIVAT FD-001 Flexible
ECABA 00102 CA
NDCO LAOFD from
MB -070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates combination band 2. For details,
aBandC nd2Id PRIVAT -001001 Aggrega see 3GPP TS 36.101. This parameter applies only to
omb ECABA 01/ tion for LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
NDCO TDLAO Downlin GUI Value Range: 1~256
MB FD-001 k 2CC
00111 Unit: None
MOD Carrier
PRIVAT LAOFD Aggrega Actual Value Range: 1~256
ECABA -001002 tion for Default Value: 1
NDCO / Downlin
MB TDLAO k 2CC
DSP FD-001 in
PRIVAT 002 40MHz
ECABA LAOFD Support
NDCO -001001 for UE
MB 03/ Categor
LST TDLAO y6
PRIVAT FD-001 Flexible
ECABA 00102 CA
NDCO LAOFD from
MB -070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates combination band 3. For details,
aBandC nd3Id PRIVAT -001001 Aggrega see 3GPP TS 36.101. If the value is 0, combination
omb ECABA 01/ tion for band 3 is invalid. This parameter applies only to LTE
NDCO TDLAO Downlin FDD and LTE TDD.
MB FD-001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: 0~256
MOD 00111 Carrier Unit: None
PRIVAT LAOFD Aggrega
ECABA -001002 tion for Actual Value Range: 0~256
NDCO / Downlin Default Value: 0
MB TDLAO k 2CC
DSP FD-001 in
PRIVAT 002 40MHz
ECABA LAOFD Support
NDCO -001001 for UE
MB 03/ Categor
LST TDLAO y6
PRIVAT FD-001 Flexible
ECABA 00102 CA
NDCO LAOFD from
MB -070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates combination band 4. For details,
aBandC nd4Id PRIVAT -001001 Aggrega see 3GPP TS 36.101. If the value is 0, combination
omb ECABA 01/ tion for band 4 is invalid. This parameter applies only to LTE
NDCO TDLAO Downlin FDD and LTE TDD.
MB FD-001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: 0~256
MOD 00111 Carrier Unit: None
PRIVAT LAOFD Aggrega
ECABA -001002 tion for Actual Value Range: 0~256
NDCO / Downlin Default Value: 0
MB TDLAO k 2CC
DSP FD-001 in
PRIVAT 002 40MHz
ECABA LAOFD Support
NDCO -001001 for UE
MB 03/ Categor
LST TDLAO y6
PRIVAT FD-001 Flexible
ECABA 00102 CA
NDCO LAOFD from
MB -070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LEOFD- Carrier Meaning: Indicates combination band 5. For details,
aBandC nd5Id PRIVAT 110303/ Aggrega see 3GPP TS 36.101. If the value is 0, combination
omb ECABA TDLEO tion for band 5 is invalid. This parameter applies only to LTE
NDCO FD-081 Downlin FDD and LTE TDD.
MB 504 k 4CC GUI Value Range: 0~256
MOD LAOFD and 5CC
Unit: None
PRIVAT -001001 LTE-A
ECABA Introduc Actual Value Range: 0~256
NDCO tion Default Value: 0
MB
DSP
PRIVAT
ECABA
NDCO
MB
LST
PRIVAT
ECABA
NDCO
MB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the bandwidth combination of
aBandC nd1Bw PRIVAT -001001 Aggrega combination band 1. If a bandwidth is selected, the
omb ECABA 01/ tion for carrier with the corresponding bandwidth in
NDCO TDLAO Downlin combination band 1 is supported in the private CA
MB FD-001 k 2CC combination band. Selected bandwidths must be
MOD 00111 Carrier identical to configured cell bandwidths. Otherwise,
PRIVAT LAOFD Aggrega the eNodeB may mistakenly determine that a
ECABA -001002 tion for bandwidth that a UE does not support is supported in
NDCO / Downlin the private CA combination band, causing CA
MB TDLAO k 2CC configuration failures. This option applies only to LTE
FD-001 in FDD and LTE TDD.
DSP
PRIVAT 002 40MHz GUI Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M(1.4M),
ECABA LAOFD Support Bandwidth_3M(3M), Bandwidth_5M(5M),
NDCO -001001 for UE Bandwidth_10M(10M), Bandwidth_15M(15M),
MB 03/ Categor Bandwidth_20M(20M)
LST TDLAO y6 Unit: None
PRIVAT FD-001 Flexible Actual Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M,
ECABA 00102 CA Bandwidth_3M, Bandwidth_5M, Bandwidth_10M,
NDCO LAOFD from Bandwidth_15M, Bandwidth_20M
MB -070201 Multiple Default Value: Bandwidth_1_4M:On,
/ Carriers Bandwidth_3M:Off, Bandwidth_5M:Off,
TDLAO Inter- Bandwidth_10M:Off, Bandwidth_15M:Off,
FD-070 eNodeB Bandwidth_20M:Off
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the bandwidth combination of
aBandC nd2Bw PRIVAT -001001 Aggrega combination band 2. If a bandwidth is selected, the
omb ECABA 01/ tion for carrier with the corresponding bandwidth in
NDCO TDLAO Downlin combination band 2 is supported in the private CA
MB FD-001 k 2CC combination band. Selected bandwidths must be
MOD 00111 Carrier identical to configured cell bandwidths. Otherwise,
PRIVAT LAOFD Aggrega the eNodeB may mistakenly determine that a
ECABA -001002 tion for bandwidth that a UE does not support is supported in
NDCO / Downlin the private CA combination band, causing CA
MB TDLAO k 2CC configuration failures. This option applies only to LTE
FD-001 in FDD and LTE TDD.
DSP
PRIVAT 002 40MHz GUI Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M(1.4M),
ECABA LAOFD Support Bandwidth_3M(3M), Bandwidth_5M(5M),
NDCO -001001 for UE Bandwidth_10M(10M), Bandwidth_15M(15M),
MB 03/ Categor Bandwidth_20M(20M)
LST TDLAO y6 Unit: None
PRIVAT FD-001 Flexible Actual Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M,
ECABA 00102 CA Bandwidth_3M, Bandwidth_5M, Bandwidth_10M,
NDCO LAOFD from Bandwidth_15M, Bandwidth_20M
MB -070201 Multiple Default Value: Bandwidth_1_4M:On,
/ Carriers Bandwidth_3M:Off, Bandwidth_5M:Off,
TDLAO Inter- Bandwidth_10M:Off, Bandwidth_15M:Off,
FD-070 eNodeB Bandwidth_20M:Off
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the bandwidth combination of
aBandC nd3Bw PRIVAT -001001 Aggrega combination band 3. If a bandwidth is selected, the
omb ECABA 01/ tion for carrier with the corresponding bandwidth in
NDCO TDLAO Downlin combination band 3 is supported in the private CA
MB FD-001 k 2CC combination band. Selected bandwidths must be
MOD 00111 Carrier identical to configured cell bandwidths. Otherwise,
PRIVAT LAOFD Aggrega the eNodeB may mistakenly determine that a
ECABA -001002 tion for bandwidth that a UE does not support is supported in
NDCO / Downlin the private CA combination band, causing CA
MB TDLAO k 2CC configuration failures. This option applies only to LTE
FD-001 in FDD and LTE TDD.
DSP
PRIVAT 002 40MHz GUI Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M(1.4M),
ECABA LAOFD Support Bandwidth_3M(3M), Bandwidth_5M(5M),
NDCO -001001 for UE Bandwidth_10M(10M), Bandwidth_15M(15M),
MB 03/ Categor Bandwidth_20M(20M)
LST TDLAO y6 Unit: None
PRIVAT FD-001 Flexible Actual Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M,
ECABA 00102 CA Bandwidth_3M, Bandwidth_5M, Bandwidth_10M,
NDCO LAOFD from Bandwidth_15M, Bandwidth_20M
MB -070201 Multiple Default Value: Bandwidth_1_4M:Off,
/ Carriers Bandwidth_3M:Off, Bandwidth_5M:Off,
TDLAO Inter- Bandwidth_10M:Off, Bandwidth_15M:Off,
FD-070 eNodeB Bandwidth_20M:Off
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the bandwidth combination of
aBandC nd4Bw PRIVAT -001001 Aggrega combination band 4. If a bandwidth is selected, the
omb ECABA 01/ tion for carrier with the corresponding bandwidth in
NDCO TDLAO Downlin combination band 4 is supported in the private CA
MB FD-001 k 2CC combination band. Selected bandwidths must be
MOD 00111 Carrier identical to configured cell bandwidths. Otherwise,
PRIVAT LAOFD Aggrega the eNodeB may mistakenly determine that a
ECABA -001002 tion for bandwidth that a UE does not support is supported in
NDCO / Downlin the private CA combination band, causing CA
MB TDLAO k 2CC configuration failures. This option applies only to LTE
FD-001 in FDD and LTE TDD.
DSP
PRIVAT 002 40MHz GUI Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M(1.4M),
ECABA LAOFD Support Bandwidth_3M(3M), Bandwidth_5M(5M),
NDCO -001001 for UE Bandwidth_10M(10M), Bandwidth_15M(15M),
MB 03/ Categor Bandwidth_20M(20M)
LST TDLAO y6 Unit: None
PRIVAT FD-001 Flexible Actual Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M,
ECABA 00102 CA Bandwidth_3M, Bandwidth_5M, Bandwidth_10M,
NDCO LAOFD from Bandwidth_15M, Bandwidth_20M
MB -070201 Multiple Default Value: Bandwidth_1_4M:Off,
/ Carriers Bandwidth_3M:Off, Bandwidth_5M:Off,
TDLAO Inter- Bandwidth_10M:Off, Bandwidth_15M:Off,
FD-070 eNodeB Bandwidth_20M:Off
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
PrivateC CombBa ADD LEOFD- Carrier Meaning: Indicates the bandwidth combination of
aBandC nd5Bw PRIVAT 110303/ Aggrega combination band 5. If a bandwidth is selected, the
omb ECABA TDLEO tion for carrier with the corresponding bandwidth in
NDCO FD-081 Downlin combination band 5 is supported in the private CA
MB 504 k 4CC combination band. Selected bandwidths must be
MOD LAOFD and 5CC identical to configured cell bandwidths. Otherwise,
PRIVAT -001001 LTE-A the eNodeB may mistakenly determine that a
ECABA Introduc bandwidth that a UE does not support is supported in
NDCO tion the private CA combination band, causing CA
MB configuration failures. This option applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
DSP
PRIVAT GUI Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M(1.4M),
ECABA Bandwidth_3M(3M), Bandwidth_5M(5M),
NDCO Bandwidth_10M(10M), Bandwidth_15M(15M),
MB Bandwidth_20M(20M)
LST Unit: None
PRIVAT Actual Value Range: Bandwidth_1_4M,
ECABA Bandwidth_3M, Bandwidth_5M, Bandwidth_10M,
NDCO Bandwidth_15M, Bandwidth_20M
MB Default Value: Bandwidth_1_4M:Off,
Bandwidth_3M:Off, Bandwidth_5M:Off,
Bandwidth_10M:Off, Bandwidth_15M:Off,
Bandwidth_20M:Off
UeCom WhiteLs ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates whether a private CA band
pat tCaCom UECO -001001 Aggrega combination takes effect only on UEs in the whitelist.
bSwitch MPAT 01/ tion for If an option is selected, the specified private CA band
MOD TDLAO Downlin combination takes effect only on the whitelisted UEs.
UECO FD-001 k 2CC If the option is deselected, the combination takes
MPAT 00111 Carrier effect on all CA UEs. For example, if
LAOFD Aggrega PRIVATECACOMBID_0 is selected, the private CA
LST band combination with an ID of 0 takes effect only on
UECO -001002 tion for
Downlin the whitelisted UEs. This parameter applies only to
MPAT LAOFD LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
-001001 k 2CC
03/ in GUI Value Range: PRIVATECACOMBID_0(Private
TDLAO 40MHz CA Band Combination ID 0),
FD-001 Support PRIVATECACOMBID_1(Private CA Band
00102 for UE Combination ID 1), PRIVATECACOMBID_2(Private
Categor CA Band Combination ID 2),
LAOFD PRIVATECACOMBID_3(Private CA Band
-070201 y6
Combination ID 3), PRIVATECACOMBID_4(Private
LAOFD Flexible CA Band Combination ID 4),
-070202 CA PRIVATECACOMBID_5(Private CA Band
from Combination ID 5), PRIVATECACOMBID_6(Private
Multiple CA Band Combination ID 6),
Carriers PRIVATECACOMBID_7(Private CA Band
Inter- Combination ID 7), PRIVATECACOMBID_8(Private
eNodeB CA Band Combination ID 8),
CA PRIVATECACOMBID_9(Private CA Band
based on Combination ID 9),
Coordin PRIVATECACOMBID_10(Private CA Band
ated Combination ID 10),
eNodeB PRIVATECACOMBID_11(Private CA Band
Combination ID 11),
PRIVATECACOMBID_12(Private CA Band
Combination ID 12),
PRIVATECACOMBID_13(Private CA Band
Combination ID 13),
PRIVATECACOMBID_14(Private CA Band
Combination ID 14),
PRIVATECACOMBID_15(Private CA Band
Combination ID 15),
PRIVATECACOMBID_16(Private CA Band
Combination ID 16),
PRIVATECACOMBID_17(Private CA Band
Combination ID 17),
PRIVATECACOMBID_18(Private CA Band
Combination ID 18),
PRIVATECACOMBID_19(Private CA Band
Combination ID 19),
PRIVATECACOMBID_20(Private CA Band
Combination ID 20),
PRIVATECACOMBID_21(Private CA Band
Combination ID 21),
PRIVATECACOMBID_22(Private CA Band
Combination ID 22),
PRIVATECACOMBID_23(Private CA Band
Combination ID 23),
PRIVATECACOMBID_24(Private CA Band
Combination ID 24),
PRIVATECACOMBID_25(Private CA Band
Combination ID 25),
PRIVATECACOMBID_26(Private CA Band
Combination ID 26),
PRIVATECACOMBID_27(Private CA Band
Combination ID 27),
PRIVATECACOMBID_28(Private CA Band
Combination ID 28),
PRIVATECACOMBID_29(Private CA Band
Combination ID 29),
PRIVATECACOMBID_30(Private CA Band
Combination ID 30),
PRIVATECACOMBID_31(Private CA Band
Combination ID 31)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PRIVATECACOMBID_0,
PRIVATECACOMBID_1, PRIVATECACOMBID_2,
PRIVATECACOMBID_3, PRIVATECACOMBID_4,
PRIVATECACOMBID_5, PRIVATECACOMBID_6,
PRIVATECACOMBID_7, PRIVATECACOMBID_8,
PRIVATECACOMBID_9,
PRIVATECACOMBID_10,
PRIVATECACOMBID_11,
PRIVATECACOMBID_12,
PRIVATECACOMBID_13,
PRIVATECACOMBID_14,
PRIVATECACOMBID_15,
PRIVATECACOMBID_16,
PRIVATECACOMBID_17,
PRIVATECACOMBID_18,
PRIVATECACOMBID_19,
PRIVATECACOMBID_20,
PRIVATECACOMBID_21,
PRIVATECACOMBID_22,
PRIVATECACOMBID_23,
PRIVATECACOMBID_24,
PRIVATECACOMBID_25,
PRIVATECACOMBID_26,
PRIVATECACOMBID_27,
PRIVATECACOMBID_28,
PRIVATECACOMBID_29,
PRIVATECACOMBID_30,
PRIVATECACOMBID_31
Default Value: PRIVATECACOMBID_0:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_1:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_2:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_3:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_4:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_5:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_6:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_7:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_8:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_9:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_10:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_11:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_12:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_13:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_14:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_15:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_16:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_17:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_18:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_19:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_20:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_21:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_22:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_23:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_24:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_25:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_26:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_27:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_28:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_29:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_30:OFF,
PRIVATECACOMBID_31:OFF
CaGrou SpidGrp ADD TDLOF Camp & Meaning: Indicates the ID of an SPID group. If this
pSCellC Id CAGRO D-00105 Handov parameter is set to a value ranging from 0 to 255, the
fg UPSCE 401 er Based candidate SCell cannot be configured as an SCell for
LLCFG TDLOF on SPID UEs in this SPID group. If this parameter is set to
MOD D-00105 UL Pre- 65535, this cell can be configured as an SCell for
CAGRO 9 allocatio these UEs. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
UPSCE n Based and LTE TDD.
TDLAO
LLCFG FD-001 on SPID GUI Value Range: 0~255,65535
LST 002 Carrier Unit: None
CAGRO TDLAO Aggrega Actual Value Range: 0~255,65535
UPSCE FD-001 tion for
LLCFG Downlin Default Value: 65535
00102
k 2CC
LAOFD in
-001001 40MHz
01/
Support
TDLAO
for UE
FD-001
Categor
00111
y6
LAOFD
Carrier
-070202
Aggrega
/
tion for
TDLAO
Downlin
FD-110
k 2CC
401
Inter-
MRFD-
eNodeB
101222
CA
MRFD- based on
101231 Coordin
LAOFD ated
-001001 eNodeB
LAOFD FDD
-001002 +TDD
Downlin
LAOFD
k
-070201
Carrier
/
Aggrega
TDLAO
tion
FD-070
(LTE
201
FDD)
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
TDD)
LTE-A
Introduc
tion
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
CaGrou Preferre ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the priority of the cell being
pCell dPCellP CAGRO -001001 Aggrega treated as a primary serving cell (PCell). A larger
riority UPCEL 01/ tion for parameter value represents a higher priority level.
L TDLAO Downlin This parameter is valid only if the
MOD FD-001 k 2CC IdleModePccAnchorSwitch(IdleModePccAnchorS-
CAGRO 00111 Carrier witch), PccAnchorSwitch(PccAnchorSwitch), or
UPCEL LAOFD Aggrega EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch(EnhancedPccAnchorS-
L -001002 tion for witch) option of the CaAlgoSwitch parameter is
/ Downlin selected. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
LST LTE TDD.
CAGRO TDLAO k 2CC
UPCEL FD-001 in GUI Value Range: 0~7
L 002 40MHz Unit: None
LAOFD Support Actual Value Range: 0~7
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor Default Value: 0
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
SccFreq SpidGrp ADD TDLOF Camp & Meaning: Indicates the SPID group ID, which
Cfg Id SCCFR D-00105 Handov identifies a group of UEs whose SPIDs belong to the
EQCFG 401 er Based same group. If this parameter is set to a value ranging
MOD TDLOF on SPID from 0 to 255, the eNodeB cannot configure candidate
SCCFR D-00105 UL Pre- SCCs of UEs that belong to the SPID group specified
EQCFG 9 allocatio by this parameter as SCCs for CA. If this parameter is
n Based set to 65535, candidate SCCs of such UEs can be
LST TDLAO configured as SCCs for CA. This parameter applies
SCCFR FD-001 on SPID
only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
EQCFG 002 Carrier
Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~255,65535
TDLAO
FD-001 tion for Unit: None
00102 Downlin Actual Value Range: 0~255,65535
k 2CC
TDLAO in Default Value: 65535
FD-070 40MHz
201
Support
TDLAO for UE
FD-001 Categor
00111 y6
MRFD- Flexible
101231 CA
MRFD- from
101222 Multiple
Carriers
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
TDD)
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
FDD)
EmtcAckModeSw(EmtcAckModeSw),
PucchMeasOptSwitch(PucchMeasOptSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PucchSwitch,
PucchFlexCfgSwitch, Dl2CCAckResShareSw,
SCCAckResourceCfgSw, EmtcAckModeSw,
PucchMeasOptSwitch
Default Value: PucchSwitch:On,
PucchFlexCfgSwitch:Off,
Dl2CCAckResShareSw:On,
SCCAckResourceCfgSw:Off, EmtcAckModeSw:Off,
PucchMeasOptSwitch:Off
PccFreq Preferre ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the PCC priority of a frequency. A
Cfg dPccPri PCCFR -001001 Aggrega small value of this parameter leads to a low PCC
ority EQCFG 01 tion for priority of a carrier working on the frequency
MOD LAOFD Downlin specified by the PCCDlEarfcn parameter in the
PCCFR -001002 k 2CC PccFreqCfg MO for the carrier to be selected as the
EQCFG Carrier PCC for CA UEs. A large value of this parameter
LAOFD leads to a high PCC priority of a carrier working on
LST -001001 Aggrega
tion for the frequency specified by the PCCDlEarfcn
PCCFR 03 parameter for the carrier to be selected as the PCC for
EQCFG Downlin
LAOFD k 2CC CA UEs. This parameter takes effect when the
-070201 in IdleModePccAnchorSwitch, PccAnchorSwitch, or
/ 40MHz EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option of the
TDLAO CaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected. This parameter
FD-070 Support applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
201 for UE
Categor GUI Value Range: 0~7
LAOFD y6 Unit: None
-070202
Flexible Actual Value Range: 0~7
TDLAO CA
FD-110 Default Value: 0
from
401 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Handov
er
ENodeB FastEnh MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates whether the eNodeB starts PCC
AlgoSwi ancePcc ENODE -001001 Aggrega anchoring in the absence of A1 measurement reports
tch AnchorS BALGO 01/ tion for when the EnhancedPccAnchorSwitch option of the
witch SWITC TDLAO Downlin CaAlgoSwitch parameter is selected. If this parameter
H FD-001 k 2CC is set to ON, the eNodeB instructs UEs to perform A4
LST 00111 Carrier measurements for PCC anchoring, without A1
ENODE LAOFD Aggrega measurements. This parameter applies only to LTE
BALGO -001002 tion for FDD and LTE TDD.
SWITC / Downlin GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
H TDLAO k 2CC Unit: None
FD-001 in
002 Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
40MHz
LAOFD Default Value: OFF(Off)
Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001
Flexible
00102
CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO
FD-070 Inter-
201 eNodeB
CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
LAOFD ated
-080202 eNodeB
LAOFD Carrier
-080201 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-080207 Uplink
2CC
LAOFD
-080208 Inter-
eNodeB
LEOFD-
CA
110303/
Based
TDLEO
on
FD-081
Relaxed
504
Backhau
MRFD- l
101222
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
FDD)
Cell HighSpe ADD LOFD-0 High Meaning: Indicates the speed flag of the cell. Set this
edFlag CELL 01007/ Speed parameter to HIGH_SPEED if the cell is used to
MOD TDLOF Mobility provide coverage for a high-speed railway. Set this
CELL D-00100 Ultra parameter to LOW_SPEED in other scenarios. TDD
7 High cells with a bandwidth of 5 MHz or in 8T8R mode can
LST only be configured as low-speed cells. TDD cells
CELL LOFD-0 Speed
01008 Mobility cannot be configured as ultra-high-speed cells. This
parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: LOW_SPEED(Low speed cell
flag), HIGH_SPEED(High speed cell flag),
ULTRA_HIGH_SPEED(Ultra high speed cell flag),
EXTRA_HIGH_SPEED(Extra high speed cell flag)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: LOW_SPEED, HIGH_SPEED,
ULTRA_HIGH_SPEED, EXTRA_HIGH_SPEED
Default Value: LOW_SPEED(Low speed cell flag)
CaMgtC CellMax MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of UEs that
fg PccNum CAMG -001001 Aggrega are allowed to treat the cell as their PCell. If the
ber TCFG 01/ tion for number of CA UEs that treat the cell as their PCell has
LST TDLAO Downlin reached the parameter value, no more CA UEs can
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC treat the cell as their PCell. A smaller value of this
TCFG 00111 Carrier parameter results in fewer CA UEs that are allowed to
LAOFD Aggrega treat the cell as their PCell. If this parameter is set to
-001002 tion for 0, the eNodeB cannot configure the cell as a PCell for
Downlin any CA UE but it can configure the cell as an MeNB
LAOFD SCell for a CA UE. If the total value of this parameter
-001001 k 2CC
in for all cells on a BBP exceeds the UE number
03 specification of the BBP, the specification overrides
40MHz
LAOFD the total value. If the number of UEs that treat the cell
-070201 Support as their PCell has reached the parameter value, no
/ for UE more UEs can treat the cell as their PCell in LTE-NR
TDLAO Categor NSA DC. A smaller value of this parameter results in
FD-070 y6 fewer UEs that are allowed to treat the cell as their
201 Flexible PCell in LTE-NR NSA DC. If this parameter is set to
LAOFD CA 0, the eNodeB cannot configure the cell as a PCell for
-070202 from any UE in the LTE-NR NSA DC state but it can
/ Multiple configure the cell as an SCell for a UE in LTE-NR
TDLAO Carriers NSA DC. If the total value of this parameter for all
FD-110 cells on a BBP exceeds the UE number specification
Inter- of the BBP, the specification overrides the total value.
401 eNodeB This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
LAOFD CA TDD.
-080201 based on
/ Coordin GUI Value Range: 0~65535
TDLAO ated Unit: None
FD-081 eNodeB Actual Value Range: 0~65535
402 Inter- Default Value: 65535
LAOFD eNodeB
-080202 CA
LAOFD Based
-080207 on
Relaxed
LAOFD
Backhau
-080208
l
TDLAO
Carrier
FD-001
Aggrega
002
tion for
MRFD- Uplink
131122 2CC
MRFD- Carrier
131132 Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
NSA
Network
ing
based on
EPC(LT
E FDD)
NSA
Network
ing
based on
EPC(LT
E TDD)
CaMgtC PccUser MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the threshold used to determine
fg Number CAMG -001001 Aggrega the PCell high load state for cells. This threshold is
Offload TCFG 01/ tion for used for load-based PCC anchoring and is expressed
Thd LST TDLAO Downlin as a percentage of UEs that treat the cell as their
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC PCell. If the percentage is greater than the threshold,
TCFG 00111 Carrier the cell is in the PCell high load state. Otherwise, the
LAOFD Aggrega cell is in the PCell low load state. This parameter
-001002 tion for applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
/ Downlin GUI Value Range: 0~100
TDLAO k 2CC Unit: %
FD-001 in
002 Actual Value Range: 0~100
40MHz
LAOFD Default Value: 80
Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001
Flexible
00102
CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO
FD-070 Inter-
201 eNodeB
CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-080202 Uplink
LAOFD 2CC
-080201
Inter-
LAOFD eNodeB
-080207 CA
LAOFD Based
-080208 on
Relaxed
LEOFD-
Backhau
110303/
l
TDLEO
FD-081 Carrier
504 Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
CaMgtC FTCA2 MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates whether to prioritize an FDD or
fg CCAnch CAMG 101222 +TDD TDD CC in PCC anchoring for FDD+TDD 2CC CA.
orPolicy TCFG MRFD- Downlin For FDD+TDD 2CC CA, if a TDD CC serves as the
LST 101231 k PCC for a UE, the UE can obtain the gains brought by
CAMG Carrier downlink beamforming, increasing downlink UE
MRFD- Aggrega throughput. Therefore, it is recommended that this
TCFG 111222 tion parameter be set to TDD(TDD). If this parameter is
MRFD- (LTE set to NULL(NULL), FDD and TDD CCs are not
111232 FDD) prioritized in PCC anchoring for FDD+TDD 2CC CA.
FDD This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
+TDD TDD.
Downlin GUI Value Range: FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD),
k NULL(NULL)
Carrier Unit: None
Aggrega
tion Actual Value Range: FDD, TDD, NULL
(LTE Default Value: NULL(NULL)
TDD)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E FDD)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
TDD)
CaMgtC FTCAM MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates whether to prioritize an FDD or
fg ultiCCA CAMG 101222 +TDD TDD CC in PCC anchoring for FDD+TDD multi-CC
nchorPo TCFG MRFD- Downlin CA, where the number of CCs is greater than or equal
licy LST 101231 k to three. For FDD+TDD multi-CC CA, if a TDD CC
CAMG Carrier serves as the PCC for a UE, information about
MRFD- Aggrega downlink data is limited, decreasing downlink
TCFG 111222 tion throughput. Therefore, it is recommended that this
MRFD- (LTE parameter be set to FDD(FDD). If this parameter is set
111232 FDD) to NULL(NULL), FDD and TDD CCs are not
FDD prioritized in PCC anchoring for FDD+TDD multi-CC
+TDD CA. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
Downlin LTE TDD.
k GUI Value Range: FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD),
Carrier NULL(NULL)
Aggrega Unit: None
tion
(LTE Actual Value Range: FDD, TDD, NULL
TDD) Default Value: NULL(NULL)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E FDD)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
TDD)
CaMgtC Enhance MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold for event A1
fg dPccAn CAMG -001001 Aggrega used in enhanced PCC anchoring. If the measured
chorA1 TCFG 01/ tion for RSRP value exceeds this threshold, an A1
ThdRsrp LST TDLAO Downlin measurement report will be sent. This parameter
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 00111 Carrier GUI Value Range: -140~-43
LAOFD Aggrega Unit: dBm
-001002 tion for
/ Actual Value Range: -140~-43
Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC Default Value: -85
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001
Flexible
00102
CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO
FD-070 Inter-
201 eNodeB
CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401 Carrier
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-080202 Uplink
LAOFD 2CC
-080201
Inter-
LAOFD eNodeB
-080207 CA
LAOFD Based
-080208 on
Relaxed
LEOFD-
Backhau
110303/
l
TDLEO
FD-081 Carrier
504 Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
IntraRat InterFre MOD LBFD-0 Distance Meaning: Indicates the triggering quantity for events
HoCom qHoA4T INTRA 0201804 Based A4 and A5 related to all non-coverage-based inter-
m rigQuan RATHO / Inter- frequency handovers. RSRP measurements slightly
COMM TDLBF frequenc vary with the load, and there is little signal fluctuation.
LST D-00201 y By contrast, RSRQ measurements vary with the load
INTRA 804 Handov and are likely to reflect the signal quality of the cell in
RATHO LBFD-0 er real time. If this parameter is set to BOTH, both
COMM 0201805 Service RSRP- and RSRQ-based A4 or A5 measurement
/ Based configurations are delivered. When either the RSRP-
TDLBF Inter- based or RSRQ-based entering condition of event A4
D-00201 frequenc or A5 is met, the UE reports event A4 or A5. This
805 y parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
Handov GUI Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ, BOTH
er Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ, BOTH
Default Value: RSRP
CaGrou PCellA4 ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the reference signal received
pCell RsrpThd CAGRO -001001 Aggrega power (RSRP) threshold for triggering event A4
UPCEL 01/ tion for during higher-priority cell evaluation for PCell
L TDLAO Downlin selection in scenarios where CA is configured based
MOD FD-001 k 2CC on CA groups. This parameter applies only to LTE
CAGRO 00111 Carrier FDD and LTE TDD.
UPCEL LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: -140~-43
L -001002 tion for Unit: dBm
LST / Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC Actual Value Range: -140~-43
CAGRO
UPCEL FD-001 in Default Value: -105
L 002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaGrou PCellA4 ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the reference signal received
pCell RsrqThd CAGRO -001001 Aggrega quality (RSRQ) threshold for triggering event A4
UPCEL 01/ tion for during higher-priority cell evaluation for PCell
L TDLAO Downlin selection in scenarios where CA is configured based
MOD FD-001 k 2CC on CA groups. If the measured RSRQ of an inter-
CAGRO 00111 Carrier frequency neighboring cell in the CA group is greater
UPCEL LAOFD Aggrega than this parameter value, the CA UE reports event
L -001002 tion for A4. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
/ Downlin TDD.
LST
CAGRO TDLAO k 2CC GUI Value Range: -40~-6
UPCEL FD-001 in Unit: 0.5dB
L 002 40MHz
Actual Value Range: -20~-3
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE Default Value: -20
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
PccFreq PccA4R ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the reference signal received
Cfg srpThd PCCFR -001001 Aggrega power (RSRP) threshold for triggering event A4
EQCFG 01 tion for during higher-priority carrier evaluation for PCC
MOD LAOFD Downlin selection. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
PCCFR -001002 k 2CC and LTE TDD.
EQCFG LAOFD Carrier GUI Value Range: -140~-43
LST -001001 Aggrega Unit: dBm
PCCFR 03 tion for
Downlin Actual Value Range: -140~-43
EQCFG LAOFD k 2CC Default Value: -105
-070201 in
/ 40MHz
TDLAO
FD-070 Support
201 for UE
Categor
LAOFD y6
-070202
Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-110 from
401 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
InterFre InterFre ADD LBFD-0 Coverag Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold for triggering
qHoGro qHoA4T INTERF 0201802 e Based a coverage-based inter-frequency measurement event.
up hdRsrp REQHO / Inter- When the measured RSRP value exceeds this
GROUP TDLBF frequenc threshold, an inter-frequency measurement report will
MOD D-00201 y be sent. Distance-based handover, uplink power-
INTERF 802 Handov control-based handover, SPID-based handover back to
REQHO LBFD-0 er the home PLMN, and speech-quality-based handover
GROUP 0201804 Distance also use this parameter as the RSRP threshold for
/ Based triggering an inter-frequency measurement event. This
LST parameter applies to A4 and A5 measurements. This
INTERF TDLBF Inter-
D-00201 frequenc parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
REQHO
GROUP 804 y GUI Value Range: -140~-43
Handov Unit: dBm
er
Actual Value Range: -140~-43
Default Value: -105
PccFreq PccA4R ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the reference signal received
Cfg srqThd PCCFR -001001 Aggrega quality (RSRQ) threshold for triggering event A4
EQCFG 01 tion for during higher-priority carrier evaluation for PCC
MOD LAOFD Downlin selection in scenarios where CA is configured based
PCCFR -001002 k 2CC on frequencies. If the measured RSRQ of an inter-
EQCFG Carrier frequency neighboring cell in the CA group is greater
LAOFD than this parameter value, the CA UE reports event
LST -001001 Aggrega
tion for A4. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
PCCFR 03 TDD.
EQCFG Downlin
LAOFD k 2CC GUI Value Range: -40~-6
-070201 in
/ Unit: 0.5dB
40MHz
TDLAO Actual Value Range: -20~-3
FD-070 Support
for UE Default Value: -20
201
Categor
LAOFD y6
-070202
Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-110 from
401 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CaGrou SCellPri ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the priority of the cell being
pSCellC ority CAGRO -001001 Aggrega configured as an SCell. A larger value of this
fg UPSCE 01/ tion for parameter indicates a higher priority level.The value 0
LLCFG TDLAO Downlin indicates that this cell cannot be configured as an
MOD FD-001 k 2CC SCell for CA UEs. This parameter applies only to LTE
CAGRO 00111 Carrier FDD and LTE TDD.
UPSCE LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~7
LLCFG -001002 tion for Unit: None
LST / Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC Actual Value Range: 0~7
CAGRO
UPSCE FD-001 in Default Value: 1
LLCFG 002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
SccFreq SccPrior ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the priority with which the
Cfg ity SCCFR -001001 Aggrega candidate SCC works as an SCC for that PCC. A
EQCFG 01 tion for smaller value of this parameter indicates a lower
MOD LAOFD Downlin priority, and a larger value indicates a higher priority.
SCCFR -001002 k 2CC This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
EQCFG Carrier TDD.
LAOFD
LST -001001 Aggrega GUI Value Range: 1~7
SCCFR 03 tion for Unit: None
EQCFG Downlin
LAOFD k 2CC Actual Value Range: 1~7
-070201 in Default Value: 1
/ 40MHz
TDLAO
FD-070 Support
201 for UE
Categor
LAOFD y6
-070202
Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-110 from
401 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CellML InterFre MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the threshold of the PRB usage for
B qMlbTh CELLM 01032/ LTE triggering inter-frequency MLB. If the
d LB TDLOF Load MlbTriggerMode parameter is set to
LST D-00103 Balancin PRB_ONLY(PrbMode) or
CELLM 2 g PRB_OR_UE_NUMBER(PrbOrUeNumMode), inter-
LB frequency MLB is triggered when the number of
synchronized UEs in the cell is greater than or equal
to the sum of the MlbMinUeNumThd and
MlbMinUeNumOffset parameter values and the PRB
usage of the cell is greater than or equal to the sum of
the InterFreqMlbThd and LoadOffset parameter
values. MLB stops when the PRB usage of the cell or
the number of synchronized UEs falls below the
InterFreqMlbThd parameter value or the
MlbMinUeNumThd parameter value, respectively.
For LTE TDD, the InterFreqMlbThd parameter
indicates the threshold of the downlink PRB usage for
triggering inter-frequency MLB. This parameter
applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 1~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 1~100
Default Value: 60
CellML InterFre MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the PRB usage threshold used for
B qOffloa CELLM 01032/ LTE offloading traffic to neighboring cells with which the
dOffset LB TDLOF Load source cell does not exchange load information during
LST D-00103 Balancin inter-frequency MLB. Assume that the
CELLM 2 g MlbTriggerMode parameter is set to
LB LOFD-0 Operator PRB_ONLY(PrbMode) or
70204/ Load PRB_OR_UE_NUMBER(PrbOrUeNumMode). For
TDLOF Based LTE FDD, if the PRB usage in the source cell is
D-13121 Intra- greater than or equal to the sum of the
1 LTE InterFreqMlbThd and InterFreqOffloadOffset
MLB parameter values, neighboring cells with which the
source cell does not exchange load information can be
selected as the target cells for MLB, and the source
cell cannot be selected as a target cell for MLB. If the
PRB usage in the source cell is less than the value
calculated by the InterFreqMlbThd parameter value
plus the InterFreqOffloadOffset parameter value and
then minus the LoadOffset parameter value, the source
cell can be selected as a target cell for MLB. For LTE
TDD, if the downlink PRB usage in the source cell is
greater than or equal to the sum of the
InterFreqMIbThd, InterFreqOffloadOffset, and
InterFreqMlbDlPrbOffset parameter values,
neighboring cells with which the source cell does not
exchange load information can be selected as the
target cells for MLB in the downlink. If the uplink
PRB usage in the source cell is greater than or equal to
the sum of the InterFreqMIbThd, InterFreqOffloa-
dOffset, and InterFreqMlbUlPrbOffset parameter
values, neighboring cells with which the source cell
does not exchange load information can be selected as
the target cells for MLB in the uplink. If the downlink
PRB usage in the source cell is greater than or equal to
the sum of the InterFreqMIbThd and InterFreqOffloa-
dOffset parameter values or the uplink PRB usage in
the source cell is greater than or equal to the sum of
the InterFreqMlbUlThd and InterFreqOffloadOffset
parameter values, the source cell cannot be selected as
a target cell for MLB. If the downlink PRB usage in
the source cell is less than value calculated by the sum
of the InterFreqMlbThd and InterFreqOffloadOffset
parameter values minus the LoadOffset parameter
value and the uplink PRB usage is less than the value
calculated by the sum of the InterFreqMlbUlThd and
InterFreqOffloadOffset parameter values minus the
LoadOffset parameter value, the source cell can be
selected as a target cell for MLB. This parameter
applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CellML LoadOff MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the offset of the PRB usage for
B set CELLM 01032/ LTE triggering inter-frequency load balancing. Inter-
LB TDLOF Load frequency load balancing is triggered if the number of
LST D-00103 Balancin synchronized UEs in the cell is greater than or equal
CELLM 2 g to the sum of the MlbMinUeNumThd and
LB LOFD-0 Inter- MlbMinUeNumOffset parameter values and the PRB
01044/ RAT usage of the cell is greater than or equal to the sum the
TDLOF Load InterFreqMlbThd and LoadOffset parameter values.
D-00104 Sharing Inter-frequency load balancing is triggered if the
4 to number of synchronized UEs in the cell is greater than
UTRAN or equal to the sum of the MlbMinUeNumThd and
LOFD-0 MlbMinUeNumOffset parameter values and the PRB
01045/ Inter- valuation in the cell is greater than or equal to the sum
TDLOF RAT of the PrbValMlbTrigThd and LoadOffset parameter
D-00104 Load values. Inter-RAT load sharing is triggered if the
5 Sharing number of synchronized UEs in the cell is greater than
to or equal to the sum of the InterRatMlbUeNumThd and
GERAN InterRatMlbUeNumOffset parameter values and the
PRB usage of the cell is greater than or equal to the
InterRatMlbThd and LoadOffset parameter values.
Inter-RAT load sharing to transfer to-be-released UEs
is triggered if the number of synchronized UEs is
greater than or equal to the sum of the
InterRATIdleMlbUeNumThd and InterRatMlbUeNu-
mOffset parameter values and the PRB usage of the
cell is greater than or equal to the sum of the
InterRatMlbThd and LoadOffset parameter values.
This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~50
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~50
Default Value: 8
CellML InterFre MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the threshold of the number of
B qMlbUe CELLM 70215/ LTE synchronized UEs for triggering inter-frequency load
NumTh LB TDLOF User balancing. When the MlbTriggerMode parameter is
d LST D-07021 Number set to UE_NUMBER_ONLY(UeNumMode) or
CELLM 5 Load PRB_OR_UE_NUMBER(PrbOrUeNumMode), inter-
LB Balancin frequency load balancing is triggered if the number of
g synchronized UEs in the cell is greater than or equal
to the sum of the InterFreqMlbUeNumThd and
MlbUeNumOffset parameter values. Inter-frequency
load balancing stops if the number of synchronized
UEs in the cell is less than the
InterFreqMlbUeNumThd parameter value. This
parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 1~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~10000
Default Value: 100
CellML InterFrq MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the UL-synchronized UE number
B UeNum CELLM 01032/ LTE threshold used for transferring UEs to neighboring
Offload LB TDLOF Load cells with which the source cell does not exchange
Offset LST D-00103 Balancin load information during inter-frequency MLB.
CELLM 2 g Consider that the MlbTriggerMode parameter is set to
LB LOFD-0 Operator UE_NUMBER_ONLY(UeNumMode) or
70204/ Load PRB_OR_UE_NUMBER(PrbOrUeNumMode). If the
TDLOF Based number of UL-synchronized UEs in the source cell is
D-13121 Intra- greater than or equal to the sum of the
1 LTE InterFreqMlbUeNumThd parameter value and the
MLB InterFrqUeNumOffloadOffset parameter value,
LOFD-0 neighboring cells with which the source cell does not
70215/ Intra- exchange load information can be selected as the
TDLOF LTE target cells for MLB, and the source cell rejects
D-07021 User incoming load-based handover requests. If the number
5 Number of UL-synchronized UEs in the source cell is less than
Load the value calculated by the InterFreqMlbUeNumThd
Balancin parameter value plus the InterFrqUeNumOffloadOff-
g set parameter value and then minus the LoadOffset
parameter value, the source cell allows incoming load-
based handovers. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~10000
Default Value: 0
CellML MlbUeN MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the offset of the number of
B umOffse CELLM 70215/ LTE synchronized UEs for triggering inter-frequency load
t LB TDLOF User balancing. User-number-based inter-frequency load
LST D-07021 Number balancing is triggered if the number of synchronized
CELLM 5 Load UEs in the cell is greater than or equal to the sum of
LB Balancin the InterFreqMlbUeNumThd and MlbUeNumOffset
g parameter values. User-number-based inter-frequency
load balancing to transfer to-be-released UEs is
triggered if the number of synchronized UEs in the
cell is greater than or equal to the sum of the
InterFreqIdleMlbUeNumThd and MlbUeNumOffset
parameter values. This parameter applies only to LTE
FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~10000
Default Value: 20
D-00100 DL 4x4 services and other services when both of the following
1 MIMO conditions are met: (1) The EPC delivers information
LOFD-0 DL 2x2 about bearers with QCI 1 and other QCIs; (2) The UE
01003 MIMO exits the idle mode. After the QCI-1 service bearers
are set up, the UE is handed over to an inter-frequency
TDLAO DL 4x2 cell. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
FD-001 MIMO TDD.
00114 DL 2-
TDLAO Layer ApCqiAndAckAbnCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to
FD-081 MIMO enable a workaround of problems that may occur
409 Based when aperiodic CQI reports in 3-1 reporting mode and
on TM9 ACKs/NACKs are transmitted simultaneously in a
LAOFD cell. If this option is selected, the eNodeB performs
-001001 DL 4- preallocation for aperiodic CQI reports. If this option
/ Layer is deselected, the eNodeB performs CQI_ONLY
TDLAO MIMO scheduling on aperiodic CQI reports. This option
FD-001 Based applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
001 on TM9
TDLAO LTE-A UeSRSAntSelectCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to
FD-110 Introduc disable antenna selection for SRS transmission. If this
401 tion option is selected, antenna selection is disabled. This
option applies only to LTE TDD.
TDLAO Inter-
FD-081 eNodeB CaCqiAndAckAbnCtrlSwitch: Indicates whether to
402 CA enable a workaround of problems that may occur
LBFD-0 based on when periodic CQI reports and ACKs/NACKs are
60101 Coordin transmitted simultaneously in a cell in CA scenarios.
ated If this option is selected, the eNodeB sets the
MRFD- eNodeB SimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch parameter to OFF(Off)
101222 for CA UEs. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
Inter-
MRFD- sets the SimulAckNackAndCqiSwitch parameter
eNodeB
111222 based on the original algorithm for CA UEs.
CA
Based HoRlcSnSizeSwitch: Controls the configuration of
on RLC sn-FieldLength during handovers. If this option
Relaxed is selected, the configuration of RLC sn-FieldLength
Backhau for the target cell is the same as that for the source
l cell. If this option is deselected, RLC sn-FieldLength
for the target cell is set to the value configured at the
Optimiz target side.
ation of
CQI FddTddCaPcellDuplexFdd: Indicates whether the
Reportin eNodeB regards that a UE supports FDD+TDD CA
g with an LTE FDD cell serving as its PCell when the
FDD UE reports the FDD+TDD CA band combination but
+TDD does not report IE tdd-FDD-CA-PCellDuplex-r12. If
Downlin this option is selected, the eNodeB regards that the UE
k supports this type of CA. If this option is deselected,
Carrier the eNodeB regards that the UE does not support this
Aggrega type of CA. This option applies only to LTE FDD and
tion LTE TDD.
CaMgtC SccCfgI MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the minimum interval after which
fg nterval CAMG -001001 Aggrega the eNodeB attempts to configure an SCell again for a
TCFG 01/ tion for CA UE. The interval at which the eNodeB attempts to
LST TDLAO Downlin configure an SCell again for a CA UE must be greater
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC than this value. The eNodeB makes the attempt only if
TCFG 00111 Carrier the traffic volume of the UE always meets the SCell
LAOFD Aggrega activation condition throughout a certain time and the
-001002 tion for eNodeB fails to configure an SCell for the UE. This
Downlin parameter also indicates the length of the timer for
LAOFD periodic SCG configuration if SCG configuration is
-070201 k 2CC
in not triggered upon SCG removal or when SCG
/ configuration fails. The timer restarts when the SCG is
TDLAO 40MHz
removed or SCG configuration fails. When the SCG is
FD-070 Flexible successfully configured, the timer stops and is reset.
201 CA When the timer expires, SCG configuration is
LAOFD from triggered. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
-070202 Multiple and LTE TDD.
/ Carriers
GUI Value Range: 5~60
TDLAO Inter-
FD-110 eNodeB Unit: s
401 CA Actual Value Range: 5~60
TDLAO based on Default Value: 60
FD-001 Coordin
002 ated
eNodeB
TDLAO
FD-001 Carrier
00102 Aggrega
tion for
MRFD- Downlin
131122 k 2CC
MRFD- in
131132 40MHz
Support
for UE
Categor
y6
NSA
Network
ing
based on
EPC(LT
E FDD)
NSA
Network
ing
based on
EPC(LT
E TDD)
CaMgtC CarrAgg MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold for CA event
fg rA4Thd CAMG -001001 Aggrega A4. When the measured RSRP of a candidate SCell is
Rsrp TCFG 01/ tion for greater than this threshold, event A4 is reported. This
LST TDLAO Downlin parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: -140~-43
TCFG 00111 Carrier Unit: dBm
LAOFD Aggrega
-001002 tion for Actual Value Range: -140~-43
/ Downlin Default Value: -105
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaGrou SCellA4 ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the offset to CarrAggrA4ThdRsrp
pSCellC Offset CAGRO -001001 Aggrega in CA-group-based configuration mode. When a CA
fg UPSCE 01/ tion for UE treats the cell specified by the LocalCellId
LLCFG TDLAO Downlin parameter in the local eNodeB as its PCell, the UE
MOD FD-001 k 2CC reports event A4 pertaining to the candidate SCell
CAGRO 00111 Carrier specified by the SCelleNodeBId and SCellLocalCellId
UPSCE LAOFD Aggrega parameters to the eNodeB if the RSRP for the
LLCFG -001002 tion for candidate SCell exceeds the sum of the
/ Downlin CarrAggrA4ThdRsrp and SCellA4Offset parameter
LST values. If the sum is greater than -43 dBm or less than
CAGRO TDLAO k 2CC
FD-001 in -140 dBm, the threshold for event A4 takes the value
UPSCE -43 dBm or -140 dBm, respectively. This parameter
LLCFG 002 40MHz
applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE GUI Value Range: -35~62
03/ Categor Unit: dB
TDLAO y6 Actual Value Range: -35~62
FD-001 Flexible
00102 Default Value: 0
CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
HoSwitch:Off, CdmaHrpdOptimisedHoSwitch:Off,
GeranNaccSwitch:Off, GeranCcoSwitch:Off,
Cdma1xRttSrvccSwitch:Off, CdmaHrpdRedirectS-
witch:Off, Cdma1xRttRedirectSwitch:Off,
BlindHoSwitch:Off, LcsSrvccSwitch:Off,
AutoGapSwitch:Off, UeVoipOnHspaCapSwitch:Off,
UtranFddB1CapSwitch:Off, CdmaHrpdNonOptMea-
HoSwitch:Off
SccFreq SccA4O ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the offset of the actual threshold
Cfg ffset SCCFR -001001 Aggrega for CA event A4 relative to the value of the
EQCFG 01 tion for CarrAggrA4ThdRsrp parameter in the CaMgtCfg
MOD LAOFD Downlin MO. If the actual threshold is greater than -43 dBm,
SCCFR -001002 k 2CC the value of -43 dBm takes effect. If the actual
EQCFG Carrier threshold is less than -140 dBm, the value of -140
LAOFD dBm takes effect. This parameter applies only to LTE
LST -001001 Aggrega
tion for FDD and LTE TDD.
SCCFR 03
EQCFG Downlin GUI Value Range: -35~62
LAOFD k 2CC
-070201 Unit: dB
in
/ 40MHz Actual Value Range: -35~62
TDLAO Default Value: 0
FD-070 Support
201 for UE
Categor
LAOFD y6
-070202
Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-110 from
401 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CaMgtC Enhance MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold of event A1
fg dSccSel CAMG -001001 Aggrega related to A1-based enhanced SCell selection. A1-
A1Thld TCFG 01/ tion for based enhanced SCell selection is disabled if this
Rsrp LST TDLAO Downlin parameter is set to -40. Event A1 is reported if the
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC measured RSRP value exceeds the threshold. This
TCFG 00111 Carrier parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LAOFD Aggrega GUI Value Range: -140~-43,-40
-001002 tion for Unit: dBm
/ Downlin
TDLAO Actual Value Range: -140~-43,-40
k 2CC
FD-001 in Default Value: -40
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001
Flexible
00102
CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO
Inter-
FD-070
eNodeB
201
CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
Carrier
401
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-080202 Uplink
/ 2CC
TDLAO
Inter-
FD-081
eNodeB
407
CA
LAOFD Based
-080201 on
/ Relaxed
TDLAO Backhau
FD-081 l
402
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-080207 tion for
LAOFD Downlin
-080208 k 3CC
TDLAO in
FD-081 40MHz
405 Carrier
LEOFD- Aggrega
110303/ tion for
TDLEO Downlin
FD-081 k 3CC
504 in
MRFD- 60MHz
101231 Carrier
MRFD- Aggrega
111222 tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E TDD)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
FDD)
CaMgtC ActiveB MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the buffer delay threshold used to
fg ufferDel CAMG -001001 Aggrega evaluate the activation of an SCell. The SCell can be
ayThd TCFG 01/ tion for activated for a CA UE only when its buffer delay on
LST TDLAO Downlin the eNodeB exceeds this threshold. This parameter
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 00111 Carrier GUI Value Range: 0~300
LAOFD Aggrega Unit: ms
-001002 tion for
/ Downlin Actual Value Range: 0~300
TDLAO k 2CC Default Value: 50
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaMgtC ActiveB MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the buffer length threshold used to
fg ufferLen CAMG -001001 Aggrega evaluate the activation of an SCell. The SCell can be
Thd TCFG 01/ tion for activated for a CA UE only when its buffered data on
LST TDLAO Downlin the eNodeB exceeds this threshold. This parameter
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 00111 Carrier GUI Value Range: 0~300
LAOFD Aggrega Unit: kB
-001002 tion for
/ Downlin Actual Value Range: 0~300
TDLAO k 2CC Default Value: 9
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaMgtC UlCaAct MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the time-to-trigger for activating
fg iveTime CAMG -080202 Aggrega an SCell for a UE in the uplink. If the uplink traffic
ToTrigg TCFG LAOFD tion for volume of a CA UE is greater than the
er LST -001001 Uplink ActiveBufferLenThd parameter value throughout the
CAMG / 2CC period specified by the UlCaActiveTimeToTrigger
TCFG TDLAO LTE-A parameter, the eNodeB initiates the SCell activation
FD-001 Introduc procedure. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
001 tion and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: 0~2000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0~2000
Default Value: 20
CaMgtC Carrier MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates whether to enable carrier
fg MgtSwit CAMG -001001 Aggrega management. If this parameter is set to ON, the
ch TCFG 01/ tion for eNodeB deactivates SCells for a CA UE when the
LST TDLAO Downlin traffic volume of the CA UE is small or the channel
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC quality of the SCells is poor. If this parameter is set to
TCFG 00111 Carrier OFF, an SCell is always active after being activated,
LAOFD Aggrega unless a radio link failure (RLF) is detected on the
-001002 tion for SCell. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
/ Downlin LTE TDD.
TDLAO k 2CC GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
FD-001 in Unit: None
002 40MHz
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE Default Value: ON(On)
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaMgtC Deactive MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the throughput threshold used to
fg Through CAMG -001001 Aggrega evaluate the deactivation of an SCell. The SCell can
putThd TCFG 01/ tion for be deactivated for a CA UE only when its throughput
LST TDLAO Downlin is less than the value of this parameter. This parameter
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 00111 Carrier GUI Value Range: 10~1000
LAOFD Aggrega Unit: kbit/s
-001002 tion for
/ Downlin Actual Value Range: 10~1000
TDLAO k 2CC Default Value: 100
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaMgtC Deactive MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the buffer length threshold used to
fg BufferL CAMG -001001 Aggrega evaluate the deactivation of an SCell. The SCell can
enThd TCFG 01/ tion for be deactivated for a CA UE only when its buffered
LST TDLAO Downlin data on the eNodeB is less than this threshold. This
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 00111 Carrier GUI Value Range: 1~10
LAOFD Aggrega Unit: kB
-001002 tion for
/ Downlin Actual Value Range: 1~10
TDLAO k 2CC Default Value: 3
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaMgtC SccDeac MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the Release-8-equivalent CQI
fg tCqiThd CAMG -001001 Aggrega threshold used to evaluate the deactivation of an SCell
TCFG 01/ tion for for a CA UE based on channel quality. If the channel
LST TDLAO Downlin quality of the CA UE is lower than that corresponding
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC to the CQI threshold in single-codeword transmission,
TCFG 00111 Carrier the eNodeB deactivates the SCell for the UE. If this
LAOFD Aggrega parameter is set to 0, the eNodeB does not deactivate
-001002 tion for SCells based on channel quality. This parameter
Downlin specifies the CQI threshold for deactivating the SCell
LAOFD that the local cell acts as, and takes effect only when
-001001 k 2CC
in the CarrierMgtSwitch parameter for the associated
03 PCell is set to ON. This parameter applies only to LTE
40MHz
LAOFD FDD and LTE TDD.
-070201 Support
for UE GUI Value Range: 0~15
/
TDLAO Categor Unit: None
FD-070 y6 Actual Value Range: 0~15
201 Flexible Default Value: 0
LAOFD CA
-070202 from
/ Multiple
TDLAO Carriers
FD-110 Inter-
401 eNodeB
TDLAO CA
FD-001 based on
002 Coordin
ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-001
00102 Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Support
for UE
Categor
y6
CaMgtC Relaxed MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the Release-8-equivalent CQI
fg BHSccD CAMG -001001 Aggrega threshold used to evaluate the deactivation of an SCell
eactCqi TCFG 01/ tion for for a CA UE based on channel quality in relaxed-
Thd LST TDLAO Downlin backhaul-based CA. If the channel quality of the CA
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC UE is lower than that corresponding to the CQI
TCFG 00111 Carrier threshold in single-codeword transmission, the
LAOFD Aggrega eNodeB deactivates the SCell for the UE. If this
-001002 tion for parameter is set to 0, the eNodeB does not deactivate
/ Downlin SCells based on channel quality. This parameter
TDLAO k 2CC specifies the CQI threshold for deactivating the SCell
FD-001 in that the local cell acts as, and takes effect only when
002 40MHz the CarrierMgtSwitch parameter for the associated
PCell is set to ON. This parameter applies only to LTE
LAOFD Support FDD and LTE TDD.
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor GUI Value Range: 0~15
TDLAO y6 Unit: None
FD-001 Flexible Actual Value Range: 0~15
00102 CA Default Value: 0
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110 Inter-
401 eNodeB
LAOFD CA
-080201 Based
/ on
TDLAO Relaxed
FD-081 Backhau
402 l
CaMgtC SccReac MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the minimum interval to reactivate
fg tivation CAMG -001001 Aggrega an SCell based on the traffic volume after the eNodeB
Time TCFG 01/ tion for deactivates the SCell based on the CQI or RBLER.
LST TDLAO Downlin The recommended value is 5s for a commercial
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC network. In a benchmark test, if the channel quality is
TCFG 00111 Carrier occasionally poor, a small value, for example, 1s is
LAOFD Aggrega recommended. This can increase the duration within
-001002 tion for which the SCell stays active. This parameter applies
/ Downlin only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TDLAO k 2CC GUI Value Range: 1~5
FD-001 in Unit: s
002 40MHz
Actual Value Range: 1~5
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE Default Value: 5
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110 LTE-A
401 Introduc
LAOFD tion
-001001
CaMgtC CarrAgg MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the RSRP threshold for CA event
fg rA2Thd CAMG -001001 Aggrega A2. When the measured RSRP of an SCell is lower
Rsrp TCFG 01/ tion for than this threshold, event A2 is reported. This
LST TDLAO Downlin parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: -140~-43
TCFG 00111 Carrier Unit: dBm
LAOFD Aggrega
-001002 tion for Actual Value Range: -140~-43
/ Downlin Default Value: -109
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaGrou SCellA2 ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the offset to CarrAggrA2ThdRsrp
pSCellC Offset CAGRO -001001 Aggrega in CA-group-based configuration mode. When a CA
fg UPSCE 01/ tion for UE treats the cell specified by the LocalCellId
LLCFG TDLAO Downlin parameter in the local eNodeB as its PCell, the UE
MOD FD-001 k 2CC reports event A2 pertaining to the SCell specified by
CAGRO 00111 Carrier the SCelleNodeBId and SCellLocalCellId parameters
UPSCE LAOFD Aggrega to the eNodeB if the RSRP for the SCell falls below
LLCFG -001002 tion for the sum of the CarrAggrA2ThdRsrp and
/ Downlin SCellA2Offset parameter values. If the sum is greater
LST than -43 dBm or less than -140 dBm, the threshold for
CAGRO TDLAO k 2CC
FD-001 in event A2 takes the value -43 dBm or -140 dBm,
UPSCE respectively. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
LLCFG 002 40MHz
and LTE TDD.
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE GUI Value Range: -31~66
03/ Categor Unit: dB
TDLAO y6 Actual Value Range: -31~66
FD-001 Flexible
00102 Default Value: 0
CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
SccFreq SccA2O ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the offset of the actual threshold
Cfg ffset SCCFR -001001 Aggrega for CA event A2relative to the value of the
EQCFG 01 tion for CarrAggrA2ThdRsrp parameter in the CaMgtCfg
MOD LAOFD Downlin MO. If the actual threshold is greater than -43 dBm,
SCCFR -001002 k 2CC the value of -43 dBm takes effect. If the actual
EQCFG Carrier threshold is less than -140 dBm, the value of -140
LAOFD dBm takes effect. This parameter applies only to LTE
LST -001001 Aggrega
tion for FDD and LTE TDD.
SCCFR 03
EQCFG Downlin GUI Value Range: -31~66
LAOFD k 2CC
-070201 Unit: dB
in
/ 40MHz Actual Value Range: -31~66
TDLAO Default Value: 0
FD-070 Support
201 for UE
Categor
LAOFD y6
-070202
Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-110 from
401 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CaMgtC FastScel MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates whether to start SCell selection
fg lSelAftS CAMG -001001 Aggrega immediately after all SCells of a UE are removed
cellRmv TCFG 01/ tion for based on coverage. The immediate selection is
Sw LST TDLAO Downlin enabled only if this parameter is set to ON. This
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG 00111 Carrier GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
LAOFD Aggrega Unit: None
-001002 tion for
/ Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC Default Value: OFF(Off)
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001
Flexible
00102
CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO
Inter-
FD-070
eNodeB
201
CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
Carrier
401
Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-080202 Uplink
/ 2CC
TDLAO
Inter-
FD-081
eNodeB
407
CA
LAOFD Based
-080201 on
/ Relaxed
TDLAO Backhau
FD-081 l
402
Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-080207 tion for
LAOFD Downlin
-080208 k 3CC
TDLAO in
FD-081 40MHz
405 Carrier
LEOFD- Aggrega
110303/ tion for
TDLEO Downlin
FD-081 k 3CC
504 in
MRFD- 60MHz
101231 Carrier
MRFD- Aggrega
111222 tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E TDD)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
FDD)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SpsSchSwitch,
SinrAdjustSwitch, PreAllocationSwitch,
UlVmimoSwitch, TtiBundlingSwitch,
SmartPreAllocationSwitch, PuschDtxSwitch,
UlIblerAdjustSwitch, UlEnhancedFssSwitch,
UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch, SchedulerCtrlPowerSwitch,
UlIicsAlgoSwitch, UlMinGbrSwitch,
UlMbrCtrlSwitch, MbrUlSchSwitch,
UeAmbrUlSchSwitch, UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch,
UlRaUserSchOptSw, UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch,
UlInterfFssSwitch, UlSmallRBSpectralEffOptSw,
PuschUsePucchRbSwitch, PuschDtxSchOptSwitch,
ULFSSAlgoSwitch, PrachRbReuseSwitch,
SrSchDataAdptSw, UlFssUserThdStSwitch,
HighOrderVMIMOSwitch, VMIMOReduceMCSRi-
seRBSwitch, VoLTEUeVmimoSwitch,
TtiBundlingForVideoSwitch
Default Value: SpsSchSwitch:Off,
SinrAdjustSwitch:On, PreAllocationSwitch:On,
UlVmimoSwitch:Off, TtiBundlingSwitch:Off,
SmartPreAllocationSwitch:On, PuschDtxSwitch:On,
UlIblerAdjustSwitch:Off, UlEnhancedFssSwitch:On,
UlEnhancedSrSchSwitch:On, SchedulerCtrlPowerS-
witch:Off, UlIicsAlgoSwitch:Off,
UlMinGbrSwitch:Off, UlMbrCtrlSwitch:Off,
MbrUlSchSwitch:Off, UeAmbrUlSchSwitch:Off,
UlEnhancedDopplerSwitch:On,
UlRaUserSchOptSw:Off,
UlLast2RetransSchOptSwitch:On,
UlInterfFssSwitch:Off, UlSmallRBSpectralEf-
fOptSw:Off, PuschUsePucchRbSwitch:Off,
PuschDtxSchOptSwitch:Off, ULFSSAlgoSwitch:On,
PrachRbReuseSwitch:Off, SrSchDataAdptSw:On,
UlFssUserThdStSwitch:Off, HighOrderVMIMOS-
witch:Off, VMIMOReduceMCSRiseRBSwitch:Off,
VoLTEUeVmimoSwitch:Off, TtiBundlingForVideoS-
witch:Off
EpfEnhancedSwitch(EpfEnhancedSwitch),
AperiodicCqiTrigOptSwitch(AperiodicCqiTrigOptS-
witch), VoipTbsBasedMcsSelS-
witch(VoipTbsBasedMcsSelSwitch),
PagingInterfRandSwitch(PagingInterfRandSwitch),
DlSingleUsrMcsOptSwitch(DlSingleUsrMcsOptS-
witch), SubframeSchDiffSwitch(SubframeSchDiffS-
witch), TailPackagePriSchS-
witch(TailPackagePriSchSwitch),
UeSigMcsEnhanceSwitch(UeSigMcsEnhanceSwitch),
FreqSelJudgeIgnorDopplerSwitch(FreqSelJudgeIgnor-
DopplerSwitch),
SIB1InterfRandSwitch(SIB1InterfRandSwitch),
EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch(EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch),
DlVoipBundlingSwitch(DlVoipBundlingSwitch),
DlPacketLenAwareSchSw(DlPacketLenAwar-
eSchSw), RLCArqFeedbackEnhanced-
Switch(RLCArqFeedbackEnhancedSwitch),
PaReconfigOptSwitch(PaReconfigOptSwitch),
RankRapidRptSwitch(RankRapidRptSwitch),
DlRLCStateReportSchDe-
laySw(DlRLCStateReportSchDelaySw),
SmallPktMcsSelectAlgoSw(SmallPktMcsSelectAl-
goSw), SRB0SplitSchSw(SRB0SplitSchSw),
BfUserPairPriorSwitch(BfUserPairPriorSwitch),
HarqAllocOptSwitch(HarqAllocOptSwitch),
Pusch32Switch(Pusch32Switch),
DlPreciseAmbrCtrlSwitch(DlPreciseAmbrCtrlSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FreqSelSwitch, SpsSchSwitch,
MBSFNShutDownSwitch, NonGbrBundlingSwitch,
EnAperiodicCqiRptSwitch, DlMbrCtrlSwitch,
MbrDlSchSwitch, UeAmbrDlSchSwitch,
EpfEnhancedSwitch, AperiodicCqiTrigOptSwitch,
VoipTbsBasedMcsSelSwitch, PagingInterfRand-
Switch, DlSingleUsrMcsOptSwitch,
SubframeSchDiffSwitch, TailPackagePriSchSwitch,
UeSigMcsEnhanceSwitch, FreqSelJudgeIgnorDop-
plerSwitch, SIB1InterfRandSwitch,
EnhExtQCISpsSchSwitch, DlVoipBundlingSwitch,
DlPacketLenAwareSchSw, RLCArqFeedbackEnhan-
cedSwitch, PaReconfigOptSwitch,
RankRapidRptSwitch, DlRLCStateReportSchDe-
laySw, SmallPktMcsSelectAlgoSw, SRB0SplitSchSw,
BfUserPairPriorSwitch, HarqAllocOptSwitch,
Pusch32Switch, DlPreciseAmbrCtrlSwitch
Default Value: FreqSelSwitch:Off, SpsSchSwitch:Off,
MBSFNShutDownSwitch:Off, NonGbrBundlingS-
CellAlg SfnUlSc MOD LOFD-0 SFN Meaning: Indicates the SFN uplink scheduling mode.
oSwitch hSwitch CELLA 03029/ Adaptiv The uplink scheduling modes include the joint
LGOSW TDLOF e SFN/ scheduling mode, and the auto-selection mode
ITCH D-00107 SDMA between joint scheduling and independent scheduling.
LST 5/ This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
CELLA MLOFD TDD.
LGOSW -121204 GUI Value Range: ADAPTIVE(Adaptive scheduling),
ITCH LOFD-0 JOINT(Joint scheduling)
70205/ Unit: None
TDLOF
D-00200 Actual Value Range: ADAPTIVE, JOINT
8 Default Value: JOINT(Joint scheduling)
CellAlg SfnDlSc MOD LOFD-0 SFN Meaning: Indicates the SFN downlink scheduling
oSwitch hSwitch CELLA 03029/ Adaptiv mode. The downlink scheduling modes include the
LGOSW TDLOF e SFN/ joint scheduling mode, and the auto-selection mode
ITCH D-00107 SDMA between joint scheduling and independent scheduling.
LST 5/ This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
MLOFD Inter- TDD.
CELLA eNodeB
LGOSW -121204 GUI Value Range: ADAPTIVE(Adaptive scheduling),
SFN
ITCH LOFD-0 Based JOINT(Joint scheduling)
70205/ on Unit: None
TDLOF Coordin
D-00200 Actual Value Range: ADAPTIVE, JOINT
ated
8 eNodeB Default Value: JOINT(Joint scheduling)
TDLOF Inter-
D-00108 eNodeB
0 Adaptiv
TDLOF e SFN/
D-00108 SDMA
2 Based
on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CspcAlg CspcAlg MOD LOFD-0 Coordin Meaning: Indicates whether to enable CSPC in cells
oPara oSwitch CSPCA 70208 ated under the centralized control node in Cloud BB
LGOPA TDLOF Scheduli scenarios. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
RA D-08020 ng based GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
LST 3 Power
Control Unit: None
CSPCA
LGOPA Coordin Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
RA ated Default Value: OFF(Off)
Scheduli
ng based
Power
Control
OTDOAInterFreqRSTDMeasSwitch:Off,
EmtcEcidSwitch:Off, EcidOptSwitch:Off
TDLOF VoLTE is disabled for defective UEs. This option applies only
D-00105 CoMP to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
2 EVS ROHC_SWITCH_OFF: If this option is selected,
LOFD-0 Rate ROHC is disabled for defective UEs. This option
01053/ Control applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TDLOF Dynami
D-00105 c TDM DL_2CC_CA_ENHANCE_SWITCH_OFF: If this
3 eICIC option is selected, the function of enhanced DL ACK
LOFD-1 demodulation with two component carriers aggregated
Coverag is disabled for defective UEs. This option applies only
10221 e Based to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
Inter-
frequenc DRX_SWITCH_OFF: If this option is selected, DRX
y for UEs in RRC_CONNECTED mode is disabled for
Handov defective UEs. This option applies only to LTE FDD
er and LTE TDD.
Flash OSS_INTER_RAT_MR_SWITH_OFF: indicates
CS whether to disable periodic inter-RAT measurement of
Fallback strongest cells triggered by OSS subscription tasks for
to defective UEs. If this option is selected, the eNodeB
UTRAN disables the function for defective UEs. If this option
Flash is deselected, the eNodeB does not take measures for
CS defective UEs. This option applies only to LTE FDD
Fallback and LTE TDD.
to
OSS_INTER_FREQ_MR_SWITH_OFF: indicates
GERAN
whether to disable periodic inter-frequency
Initial measurement of strongest cells triggered by OSS
Accelera subscription tasks for defective UEs. If this option is
tion selected, the eNodeB disables the function for
defective UEs. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB
does not take measures for defective UEs. This option
applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
UL_AMRC_SWITCH_OFF: indicates whether to
disable uplink AMRC for defective UEs. If this option
is selected, uplink AMRC is disabled for defective
UEs. If this option is deselected, the eNodeB does not
take differentiated measures for defective UEs. This
option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
AUTO_GAP_SWITCH_OFF: indicates whether to
disable automatic gap-assisted measurement
configuration of defective UEs. Automatic gap-
assisted measurement configuration is disabled for
defective UEs only if this option is selected. This
option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
FORBID_HIGH_CAPABILITY_OFF: indicates
whether the eNodeB forbids capabilities beyond the
_CA_ENHANCE_SWITCH_OFF),
DRX_SWITCH_OFF(DRX_SWITCH_OFF),
OSS_INTER_RAT_MR_SWITH_OFF(OSS_INTER_
RAT_MR_SWITH_OFF),
OSS_INTER_FREQ_MR_SWITH_OFF(OSS_INTE
R_FREQ_MR_SWITH_OFF),
UL_AMRC_SWITCH_OFF(UL_AMRC_SWITCH_
OFF),
AUTO_GAP_SWITCH_OFF(AUTO_GAP_SWITCH
_OFF),
FORBID_HIGH_CAPABILITY_OFF(FORBID_HIG
H_CAPABILITY_OFF),
SPS_SWITCH_OFF(SPS_SWITCH_OFF),
INTERMODE_FREQ_MEAS_OFF(INTERMODE_F
REQ_MEAS_OFF),
FLASH_SRVCC_SWITCH_OFF(FLASH_SRVCC_S
WITCH_OFF),
INTER_FREQ_HO_SWITCH_OFF(INTER_FREQ_
HO_SWITCH_OFF),
UL_EVSC_SWITCH_OFF(UL_EVSC_SWITCH_OF
F), EICIC_SWITCH_OFF(EICIC_SWITCH_OFF),
OSS_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH_OFF(OSS_INT
RA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH_OFF),
FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH_OFF(FLASH_CSFB_SWI
TCH_OFF),
MIMO_4T_HANDOVER_SET(MIMO_4T_HANDO
VER_SET),
WTCP_SWITCH_OFF(WTCP_SWITCH_OFF),
256QAM_SWITCH_OFF(256QAM_SWITCH_OFF),
CSI_RS_ZERO_POWER_OFF(CSI_RS_ZERO_PO
WER_OFF),
RRC_REEST_DATA_FWD_SWITCH_OFF(RRC_R
EEST_DATA_FWD_SWITCH_OFF),
MBSFN_SCHEDULING_SWITCH_OFF(MBSFN_S
CHEDULING_SWITCH_OFF),
TM9_SWITCH_OFF(TM9_SWITCH_OFF)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: LTE_ANR_SWITCH_OFF,
UTRAN_ANR_SWITCH_OFF,
GERAN_ANR_SWITCH_OFF,
CDMA_ANR_SWITCH_OFF,
DYNAMIC_DRX_SWITCH_OFF,
CA_SWITCH_OFF,
TTI_BUNDLING_SWITCH_OFF,
MIMO_TM_MODE_SET,
APERIODIC_CQI_RPT_SWITCH_OFF,
ROHC_SWITCH_OFF,
DL_2CC_CA_ENHANCE_SWITCH_OFF,
DRX_SWITCH_OFF,
OSS_INTER_RAT_MR_SWITH_OFF,
OSS_INTER_FREQ_MR_SWITH_OFF,
UL_AMRC_SWITCH_OFF,
AUTO_GAP_SWITCH_OFF,
FORBID_HIGH_CAPABILITY_OFF,
SPS_SWITCH_OFF,
INTERMODE_FREQ_MEAS_OFF,
FLASH_SRVCC_SWITCH_OFF,
INTER_FREQ_HO_SWITCH_OFF,
UL_EVSC_SWITCH_OFF, EICIC_SWITCH_OFF,
OSS_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH_OFF,
FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH_OFF,
MIMO_4T_HANDOVER_SET,
WTCP_SWITCH_OFF, 256QAM_SWITCH_OFF,
CSI_RS_ZERO_POWER_OFF,
RRC_REEST_DATA_FWD_SWITCH_OFF,
MBSFN_SCHEDULING_SWITCH_OFF,
TM9_SWITCH_OFF
Default Value: LTE_ANR_SWITCH_OFF:No,
UTRAN_ANR_SWITCH_OFF:No,
GERAN_ANR_SWITCH_OFF:No,
CDMA_ANR_SWITCH_OFF:No,
DYNAMIC_DRX_SWITCH_OFF:No,
CA_SWITCH_OFF:No,
TTI_BUNDLING_SWITCH_OFF:No,
MIMO_TM_MODE_SET:No,
APERIODIC_CQI_RPT_SWITCH_OFF:No,
ROHC_SWITCH_OFF:No,
DL_2CC_CA_ENHANCE_SWITCH_OFF:No,
DRX_SWITCH_OFF:No,
OSS_INTER_RAT_MR_SWITH_OFF:No,
OSS_INTER_FREQ_MR_SWITH_OFF:No,
UL_AMRC_SWITCH_OFF:No,
AUTO_GAP_SWITCH_OFF:No,
FORBID_HIGH_CAPABILITY_OFF:No,
SPS_SWITCH_OFF:No,
INTERMODE_FREQ_MEAS_OFF:No,
FLASH_SRVCC_SWITCH_OFF:No,
INTER_FREQ_HO_SWITCH_OFF:No,
UL_EVSC_SWITCH_OFF:No,
EICIC_SWITCH_OFF:No,
OSS_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH_OFF:No,
FLASH_CSFB_SWITCH_OFF:No,
MIMO_4T_HANDOVER_SET:No,
WTCP_SWITCH_OFF:No,
256QAM_SWITCH_OFF:No,
CSI_RS_ZERO_POWER_OFF:No,
witch), FDDHetNetDlCompS-
witch(FDDHetNetDlCompSwitch),
IntraDlCompJtSwitch(IntraDlCompJtSwitch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: IntraDlCompSwitch,
InterDlCompDcsSwitch, InterDlCompCbfSwitch,
FDDHomNetDlCompSwitch, FDDHetNetDlCompS-
witch, IntraDlCompJtSwitch
Default Value: IntraDlCompSwitch:Off,
InterDlCompDcsSwitch:Off, InterDlCompCbfS-
witch:Off, FDDHomNetDlCompSwitch:Off,
FDDHetNetDlCompSwitch:Off,
IntraDlCompJtSwitch:Off
Cell Specifie ADD LOFD-1 WBB Meaning: Indicates whether the local cell is a
dCellFla CELL 10223/ User specified-service cell. This parameter is configured
g MOD TDLOF Steering based on the operator's policies. If this parameter is set
CELL D-11022 Manage to SPECSERCELL, the local cell is a WBB service-
3 ment dedicated cell and preferentially serves WBB UEs. In
LST this case, UEs identified as non-WBB UEs will be
CELL transferred out from the cell. This function is under
license control. If this parameter is set to
MBBSERCELL, the local cell is an MBB-preferred
cell and preferentially serves MBB UEs. In this case,
UEs identified as non-MBB UEs will be transferred
out from the cell. If this parameter is set to NONE, the
local cell is a common cell. In this case, WBB and
MBB UEs can be transferred to this cell. This
parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: NONE(Common Cell),
SPECSERCELL(Specified Service Cell),
MBBSERCELL(MBB Service Cell)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NONE, SPECSERCELL,
MBBSERCELL
Default Value: NONE(Common Cell)
CellAlg EicicSw MOD LAOFD Dynami Meaning: Indicates whether to disable the TDM-based
oSwitch itch CELLA -081233 c TDM eICIC algorithm or apply the static or dynamic mode
LGOSW eICIC to the eICIC algorithm. In a heterogeneous network
ITCH (HetNet), the eICIC function is used together with the
LST cell range expansion (CRE) function of the micro base
CELLA station to expand the coverage and increase the
LGOSW number of users absorbed by the micro cell. To
ITCH implement the eICIC function, ensure that the value of
this parameter must be set consistently for macro and
micro cells. Static mode applies only to TDD, and
dynamic mode applies only to FDD. This parameter
applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), STATIC(Static),
DYNAMIC(Dynamic)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, STATIC, DYNAMIC
Default Value: OFF(Off)
CellAlg FeicicS MOD LAOFD FeICIC Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the FeICIC
oSwitch witch CELLA -081234 algorithm. In a heterogeneous network (HetNet), this
LGOSW algorithm can be used together the Dynamic TDM
ITCH eICIC algorithm and the CRE function to extend the
LST micro cell coverage area and increase the number of
CELLA UEs served by the micro cell. To support the FeICIC
LGOSW algorithm, set the EicicSwitch parameter to
ITCH DYNAMIC in both the macro and micro cells. This
parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ABS(ABS)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ABS
Default Value: OFF(Off)
CaGrou CaGrou ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the identity of the CA group. It
p pId CAGRO -001001 Aggrega uniquely identifies a CA group within an eNodeB.
UP 01/ tion for This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
LST TDLAO Downlin TDD.
CAGRO FD-001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: 0~35
UP 00111 Carrier Unit: None
MOD LAOFD Aggrega
-001002 tion for Actual Value Range: 0~35
CAGRO
UP / Downlin Default Value: None
TDLAO k 2CC
RMV FD-001 in
CAGRO 002 40MHz
UP
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaGrou CaGrou ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the type of the CA group. This
p pTypeIn CAGRO -001001 Aggrega parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
d UP 01/ tion for GUI Value Range: FDD(FDD), TDD(TDD),
MOD TDLAO Downlin FDDTDD(FDDTDD)
CAGRO FD-001 k 2CC
00111 Unit: None
UP Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega Actual Value Range: FDD, TDD, FDDTDD
LST
CAGRO -001002 tion for Default Value: FDD(FDD)
UP / Downlin
TDLAO k 2CC
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaGrou CaGrou ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the identity of the CA group. It
pCell pId CAGRO -001001 Aggrega uniquely identifies a CA group within an eNodeB.
UPCEL 01/ tion for This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
L TDLAO Downlin TDD.
DSP FD-001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: 0~35
CAGRO 00111 Carrier Unit: None
UPCEL LAOFD Aggrega
L -001002 tion for Actual Value Range: 0~35
CaGrou eNodeB ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the ID of the eNodeB serving the
pCell Id CAGRO -001001 Aggrega cell. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
UPCEL 01/ tion for LTE TDD.
L TDLAO Downlin GUI Value Range: 0~1048575
LST FD-001 k 2CC
00111 Unit: None
CAGRO Carrier
UPCEL LAOFD Aggrega Actual Value Range: 0~1048575
L -001002 tion for Default Value: None
MOD / Downlin
CAGRO TDLAO k 2CC
UPCEL FD-001 in
L 002 40MHz
RMV LAOFD Support
CAGRO -001001 for UE
UPCEL 03/ Categor
L TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
DSP 00102
CAGRO CA
UPCEL LAOFD from
L -070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaGrou LocalCe ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the local cell ID. It uniquely
pCell llId CAGRO identifies a cell within an eNodeB. This parameter
UPCEL applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
L GUI Value Range: 0~255
LST Unit: None
CAGRO
UPCEL Actual Value Range: 0~255
L Default Value: None
MOD
CAGRO
UPCEL
L
RMV
CAGRO
UPCEL
L
DSP
CAGRO
UPCEL
L
CaGrou SCellLo ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the local cell ID of the candidate
pSCellC calCellI CAGRO -001001 Aggrega SCell. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
fg d UPSCE 01/ tion for LTE TDD.
LLCFG TDLAO Downlin GUI Value Range: 0~255
LST FD-001 k 2CC
00111 Unit: None
CAGRO Carrier
UPSCE LAOFD Aggrega Actual Value Range: 0~255
LLCFG -001002 tion for Default Value: None
MOD / Downlin
CAGRO TDLAO k 2CC
UPSCE FD-001 in
LLCFG 002 40MHz
RMV LAOFD Support
CAGRO -001001 for UE
UPSCE 03/ Categor
LLCFG TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
CaGrou SCelleN ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the ID of the eNodeB serving the
pSCellC odeBId CAGRO -001001 Aggrega candidate SCell. This parameter applies only to LTE
fg UPSCE 01/ tion for FDD and LTE TDD.
LLCFG TDLAO Downlin GUI Value Range: 0~1048575
LST FD-001 k 2CC
00111 Unit: None
CAGRO Carrier
UPSCE LAOFD Aggrega Actual Value Range: 0~1048575
LLCFG -001002 tion for Default Value: None
MOD / Downlin
CAGRO TDLAO k 2CC
UPSCE FD-001 in
LLCFG 002 40MHz
RMV LAOFD Support
CAGRO -001001 for UE
UPSCE 03/ Categor
LLCFG TDLAO y6
FD-001 Flexible
00102 CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB
201 CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
/ ated
TDLAO eNodeB
FD-110
401
PccFreq PccDlEa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the downlink E-UTRA absolute
Cfg rfcn PCCFR -001001 Aggrega radio frequency channel number (EARFCN) of the
EQCFG 01 tion for candidate PCC. This parameter applies only to LTE
DSP LAOFD Downlin FDD and LTE TDD.
PCCSC -001002 k 2CC GUI Value Range: 0~68585,229376~229575
ELLLIS LAOFD Carrier Unit: None
T -001001 Aggrega
tion for Actual Value Range: 0~68585,229376~229575
LST 03
PCCFR Downlin Default Value: None
LAOFD k 2CC
EQCFG -070201 in
MOD / 40MHz
PCCFR TDLAO
EQCFG FD-070 Support
201 for UE
RMV Categor
PCCFR LAOFD y6
EQCFG -070202
Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-110 from
401 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
SccFreq PccDlEa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the downlink E-UTRA absolute
Cfg rfcn SCCFR -001001 Aggrega radio frequency channel number (EARFCN) of the
EQCFG 01 tion for PCC. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and
LST LAOFD Downlin LTE TDD.
SCCFR -001002 k 2CC GUI Value Range: 0~68585,229376~229575
EQCFG LAOFD Carrier Unit: None
MOD -001001 Aggrega
tion for Actual Value Range: 0~68585,229376~229575
SCCFR 03
EQCFG Downlin Default Value: None
LAOFD k 2CC
RMV -070201 in
SCCFR / 40MHz
EQCFG TDLAO
FD-070 Support
201 for UE
Categor
LAOFD y6
-070202
Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-110 from
401 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
SccFreq SccDlEa ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the downlink E-UTRA absolute
Cfg rfcn SCCFR -001001 Aggrega radio frequency channel number (EARFCN) of the
EQCFG 01 tion for SCell. Always set this parameter to 46790 for an LAA
LST LAOFD Downlin cell functioning as an SCell.
SCCFR -001002 k 2CC GUI Value Range:
EQCFG LAOFD Carrier 0~68585,229376~229575,255144,260894
MOD -001001 Aggrega Unit: None
SCCFR 03 tion for
Downlin Actual Value Range:
EQCFG LAOFD 0~68585,229376~229575,255144,260894
k 2CC
RMV -070201 in Default Value: None
SCCFR / 40MHz
EQCFG TDLAO
FD-070 Support
201 for UE
Categor
LAOFD y6
-070202
Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-110 from
401 Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CaMgtC SCellAg MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the length of aging time of the
fg ingTime CAMG -001001 Aggrega SCells that are dynamically configured for CA UEs in
TCFG 01/ tion for a cell in adaptive CA configuration scenarios. If there
LST TDLAO Downlin is no carrier aggregation between an SCell and the
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC PCell within the aging time, the eNodeB cancels the
TCFG 00111 Carrier association between the SCell and the PCell. This
TDLAO Aggrega parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
FD-001 tion for GUI Value Range: 1~65535
002 Downlin Unit: min
TDLAO k 2CC
in Actual Value Range: 1~65535
FD-001
00102 40MHz Default Value: 15
TDLAO Support
FD-070 for UE
201 Categor
y6
LAOFD
-001002 Flexible
CA
LAOFD from
-001001 Multiple
03 Carriers
LAOFD Carrier
-070201 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-070202 Downlin
/ k 2CC
TDLAO in
FD-110 40MHz
401 Support
for UE
Categor
y6
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
ENodeB CaLbAl MOD TDLOF Interfere Meaning: Indicates whether to enable load balancing
AlgoSwi goSwitc ENODE D-08121 nce- algorithms in CA scenarios. DlCaLbAlgoSwitch:
tch h BALGO 9 based Indicates whether to enable the load balancing
SWITC TDLAO Uplink algorithm in downlink CA scenarios for load
H FD-001 Power balancing among component carriers. If this option is
LST 001 Control selected, the load balancing algorithm is enabled in
ENODE LTE-A downlink CA scenarios. If this option is deselected,
TDLOF the load balancing algorithm is disabled in downlink
BALGO D-00103 Introduc
SWITC tion CA scenarios. This option applies only to LTE TDD.
2
H Intra- GUI Value Range:
LTE DlCaLbAlgoSwitch(DlCaLbAlgoSwitch)
Load Unit: None
Balancin Actual Value Range: DlCaLbAlgoSwitch
g
Default Value: DlCaLbAlgoSwitch:Off
CaMgtC CaA6Re MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the number of periodic
fg portAm CAMG -001001 Aggrega measurement reports sent after CA event A6 is
ount TCFG 01/ tion for triggered. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331. This
LST TDLAO Downlin parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: r1(1), r2(2), r4(4), r8(8), r16(16),
TCFG 00111 Carrier r32(32), r64(64), Infinity(Infinity)
TDLAO Aggrega Unit: None
FD-001 tion for
002 Downlin Actual Value Range: r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64,
k 2CC Infinity
TDLAO
FD-001 in Default Value: r8(8)
00102 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
Categor
LAOFD y6
-001002
LTE-A
LAOFD Introduc
-070201 tion
/
TDLAO Carrier
FD-070 Aggrega
201 tion for
Downlin
LAOFD k 2CC
-070202 in
/ 40MHz
TDLAO
FD-110 Flexible
401 CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CaMgtC CaA6Re MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the interval between periodic
fg portInter CAMG -001001 Aggrega measurement reports that are sent after CA event A6
val TCFG 01/ tion for is triggered. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.331. This
LST TDLAO Downlin parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: 120ms, 240ms, 480ms, 640ms,
TCFG 00111 Carrier 1024ms, 2048ms, 5120ms, 10240ms, 1min, 6min,
TDLAO Aggrega 12min, 30min, 60min
FD-001 tion for Unit: None
002 Downlin
k 2CC Actual Value Range: 120ms, 240ms, 480ms, 640ms,
TDLAO 1024ms, 2048ms, 5120ms, 10240ms, 1min, 6min,
FD-001 in
40MHz 12min, 30min, 60min
00102
Support Default Value: 10240ms
LAOFD
-001001 for UE
Categor
LAOFD y6
-001002
LTE-A
LAOFD Introduc
-070201 tion
/
TDLAO Carrier
FD-070 Aggrega
201 tion for
Downlin
LAOFD k 2CC
-070202 in
/ 40MHz
TDLAO
FD-110 Flexible
401 CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Inter-
eNodeB
CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CaMgtC MeasCy MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the sampling period of the radio
fg cleSCell CAMG -001001 Aggrega resource measurement on SCells by CA UEs when the
TCFG 01/ tion for SCells are deactivated. If the sampling period is not
LST TDLAO Downlin configured, the measurement configuration messages
CAMG FD-001 k 2CC that the eNodeB sends to CA UEs do not contain the
TCFG 00111 Carrier IE measCycleSCell. This parameter applies only to
LAOFD Aggrega LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
-001002 tion for GUI Value Range: NOT_CFG, 160ms, 256ms, 320ms,
/ Downlin 512ms, 640ms, 1024ms, 1280ms
TDLAO k 2CC Unit: None
FD-001 in
002 40MHz Actual Value Range: NOT_CFG, 160ms, 256ms,
320ms, 512ms, 640ms, 1024ms, 1280ms
TDLAO Support
FD-001 for UE Default Value: 640ms
00102 Categor
LAOFD y6
-001001 LTE-A
LAOFD Introduc
-070201 tion
/ Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-070 from
201 Multiple
LAOFD Carriers
-070202 Inter-
/ eNodeB
TDLAO CA
FD-110 based on
401 Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CellDlsc CaSchSt MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the downlink scheduling policy
hAlgo rategy CELLD -001001 Aggrega used when CA is applied, which can be basic
LSCHA 01/ tion for scheduling or differentiated scheduling. (If CA is
LGO TDLAO Downlin applied in the uplink, this parameter also indicates the
LST FD-001 k 2CC uplink scheduling policy.) If the CA basic scheduling
CELLD 00111 Carrier policy is adopted, the eNodeB calculates the
LSCHA LAOFD Aggrega proportional fair (PF) scheduling priority of each
LGO -001002 tion for component carrier (CC) for a CA UE using the total
/ Downlin data rates on both CCs of this CA UE. In this way, CA
TDLAO k 2CC UEs and non-CA UEs can be allocated similar number
FD-001 in of RBs. If the CA differentiated scheduling policy is
002 40MHz adopted, the eNodeB calculates the PF scheduling
priority of each CC for a CA UE using the data rate
LAOFD Support only on the primary component carrier (PCC) or
-001001 for UE secondary component carrier (SCC) of this CA UE. In
03/ Categor this way, CA UEs can achieve better performance than
TDLAO y6 non-CA UEs. This parameter applies only to LTE
FD-001 Flexible FDD and LTE TDD.
00102 CA GUI Value Range: BASIC_SCHEDULE(Basic
LAOFD from Schedule), DIFF_SCHEDULE(differentiation
-070201 Multiple schedule)
/ Carriers
TDLAO Unit: None
Inter-
FD-070 eNodeB Actual Value Range: BASIC_SCHEDULE,
201 CA DIFF_SCHEDULE
LAOFD based on Default Value: BASIC_SCHEDULE(Basic Schedule)
-070202 Coordin
TDLAO ated
FD-110 eNodeB
401 Inter-
LBFD-0 eNodeB
01015/ CA
TDLBF based on
D-00101 Coordin
5 ated
eNodeB
LBFD-0
0101501 Enhance
/ d
TDLBF Scheduli
D-00101 ng
501 CQI
LBFD-0 Adjustm
0101502 ent
/ Dynami
TDLBF c
D-00101 Scheduli
502 ng
CellDlsc CaSccD MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the method for measuring the
hAlgo opMeas CELLD -001001 Aggrega Doppler frequency offset that is applied to frequency
LSCHA 01/ tion for selective scheduling on the secondary component
LGO TDLAO Downlin carrier (SCC) in carrier aggregation (CA). If this
LST FD-001 k 2CC parameter is set to FROMSCC, the Doppler frequency
CELLD 00111 Support offset is measured on the SCC. If this parameter is set
LSCHA LAOFD for UE to FROMPCC, the Doppler frequency offset is
LGO -001001 Categor measured on the primary component carrier (PCC) no
03/ y6 matter whether the SCC is configured with an uplink
TDLAO carrier, and then Doppler frequency offset on the SCC
Carrier is determined based on the Doppler frequency offset
FD-001 Aggrega
00102 measured on the PCC and downlink frequencies of the
tion for PCC and SCC. This parameter applies only to LTE
LAOFD Downlin FDD and LTE TDD.
-001002 k 2CC
/ in GUI Value Range: FROMSCC(FROMSCC),
TDLAO 40MHz FROMPCC(FROMPCC)
FD-001 Support Unit: None
002 for UE Actual Value Range: FROMSCC, FROMPCC
LAOFD Categor Default Value: FROMSCC(FROMSCC)
-001001 y6
03/ Flexible
TDLAO CA
FD-001 from
00102 Multiple
LAOFD Carriers
-070201 Inter-
/ eNodeB
TDLAO CA
FD-070 based on
201 Coordin
LAOFD ated
-070202 eNodeB
TDLAO Inter-
FD-110 eNodeB
401 CA
based on
Coordin
ated
eNodeB
CellDlsc CaSchW MOD LAOFD LTE-A Meaning: Indicates the weight used for differentiated
hAlgo eight CELLD -001001 Introduc scheduling of CA UEs. A larger parameter value
LSCHA / tion results in more significant scheduling differentiation
LGO TDLAO Carrier between CA UEs and non-CA UEs. A smaller
LST FD-001 Aggrega parameter value results in fairer scheduling. This
CELLD 001 tion for parameter takes effect only in the downlink. This
LSCHA LAOFD Downlin parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LGO -001001 k 2CC GUI Value Range: 0~10
01/ Unit: None
TDLAO
FD-001 Actual Value Range: 0~1, step: 0.1
00111 Default Value: 0
Default Value: 0
RlcPdcp CaUeRe ADD LBFD-0 Radio Meaning: Indicates the length of the reordering timer
ParaGro ordering RLCPD 02008/ Bearer that applies to non-GBR bearers in RLC AM for CA
up Timer CPPAR TDLBF Manage UEs in the 2CC CA, 3CC CA, and relaxed-backhaul-
AGROU D-00200 ment based CA states in their PCell when the number of
P 8 LTE-A UEs in RRC_CONNECTED mode does not exceed
MOD LAOFD Introduc the value of CaUeRlcParaAdptiveThd. This option
RLCPD -001001 tion applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
CPPAR GUI Value Range: Treordering_m0(0),
AGROU Treordering_m5(5), Treordering_m10(10),
P Treordering_m15(15), Treordering_m20(20),
LST Treordering_m25(25), Treordering_m30(30),
RLCPD Treordering_m35(35), Treordering_m40(40),
CPPAR Treordering_m45(45), Treordering_m50(50),
AGROU Treordering_m55(55), Treordering_m60(60),
P Treordering_m65(65), Treordering_m70(70),
Treordering_m75(75), Treordering_m80(80),
Treordering_m85(85), Treordering_m90(90),
Treordering_m95(95), Treordering_m100(100),
Treordering_m110(110), Treordering_m120(120),
Treordering_m130(130), Treordering_m140(140),
Treordering_m150(150), Treordering_m160(160),
Treordering_m170(170), Treordering_m180(180),
Treordering_m190(190), Treordering_m200(200)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Treordering_m0,
Treordering_m5, Treordering_m10, Treordering_m15,
Treordering_m20, Treordering_m25,
Treordering_m30, Treordering_m35,
Treordering_m40, Treordering_m45,
Treordering_m50, Treordering_m55,
Treordering_m60, Treordering_m65,
Treordering_m70, Treordering_m75,
Treordering_m80, Treordering_m85,
Treordering_m90, Treordering_m95,
Treordering_m100, Treordering_m110,
Treordering_m120, Treordering_m130,
Treordering_m140, Treordering_m150,
Treordering_m160, Treordering_m170,
Treordering_m180, Treordering_m190,
Treordering_m200
Default Value: Treordering_m20(20)
RlcPdcp CaUeSta ADD LBFD-0 Radio Meaning: Indicates the length of the status reporting
ParaGro tProhTi RLCPD 02008/ Bearer prohibition timer that applies to non-GBR bearers in
up mer CPPAR TDLBF Manage RLC AM for CA UEs in the 2CC CA, 3CC CA, and
AGROU D-00200 ment relaxed-backhaul-based CA states in their PCell when
P 8 LTE-A the number of UEs in RRC_CONNECTED mode
MOD LAOFD Introduc does not exceed the value of CaUeRlcParaAdpti-
RLCPD -001001 tion veThd. This option applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
CPPAR TDD.
AGROU GUI Value Range: m0(0), m5(5), m10(10), m15(15),
P m20(20), m25(25), m30(30), m35(35), m40(40),
LST m45(45), m50(50), m55(55), m60(60), m65(65),
RLCPD m70(70), m75(75), m80(80), m85(85), m90(90),
CPPAR m95(95), m100(100), m105(105), m110(110),
AGROU m115(115), m120(120), m125(125), m130(130),
P m135(135), m140(140), m145(145), m150(150),
m155(155), m160(160), m165(165), m170(170),
m175(175), m180(180), m185(185), m190(190),
m195(195), m200(200), m205(205), m210(210),
m215(215), m220(220), m225(225), m230(230),
m235(235), m240(240), m245(245), m250(250),
m300(300), m350(350), m400(400), m450(450),
m500(500)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: m0, m5, m10, m15, m20, m25,
m30, m35, m40, m45, m50, m55, m60, m65, m70,
m75, m80, m85, m90, m95, m100, m105, m110,
m115, m120, m125, m130, m135, m140, m145,
m150, m155, m160, m165, m170, m175, m180,
m185, m190, m195, m200, m205, m210, m215,
m220, m225, m230, m235, m240, m245, m250,
m300, m350, m400, m450, m500
Default Value: m20(20)
ENodeB FddFra MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates the offset of the start time of a cell
FrameO meOffse ENODE 101231 +TDD frame against a reference clock source. This offset
ffset t BFRAM MRFD- Downlin applies to all LTE FDD cells and all NB-IoT cells
EOFFS 101222 k served by an eNodeB. This parameter applies only to
ET Carrier LTE FDD and NB-IoT.
LST Aggrega GUI Value Range: 0~261120,275943~307200
ENODE tion
(LTE Unit: Ts
BFRAM
EOFFS TDD) Actual Value Range: 0~261120,275943~307200
ET FDD Default Value: 0
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
FDD)
ENodeB TddFra MOD TDLBF Basic Meaning: Indicates the offset of the start time of a cell
FrameO meOffse ENODE D-00100 uplink- frame against a reference clock source. This offset
ffset t BFRAM 7 downlin applies to all LTE TDD cells served by an eNodeB.
EOFFS TDLBF k GUI Value Range: 0~261120,275943~307200
ET D-00100 subfram
e Unit: Ts
LST 701
ENODE configur Actual Value Range: 0~261120,275943~307200
TDLBF ation
BFRAM D-00100 Default Value: 0
EOFFS 702 uplink-
ET downlin
TDLOF k
D-00102 subfram
6 e
TDLOF configur
D-00102 ation
601 type1&2
TDLOF uplink-
D-00102 downlin
602 k special
TDLOF subfram
D-00102 e
603 configur
ation
MRFD- type 7
101231
Optional
MRFD- uplink-
101222 downlin
k
subfram
e
configur
ation
uplink-
downlin
k
subfram
e
configur
ation
type 0
uplink-
downlin
k special
subfram
e
configur
ation
type 4
uplink-
downlin
k special
subfram
e
configur
ation
type 5
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
TDD)
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
FDD)
CellFra FrameO ADD None None Meaning: Indicates a cell frame offset mode.
meOffse ffsetMo CELLF CustomFrameOffset(User-defined Frame Offset):
t de RAME Indicates that the cell frame offset is user defined. An
OFFSE FDD cell and an NB-IoT cell can use only this mode.
T TL_FrameOffset(T-L Dual Mode frame offset):
MOD Indicates that the cell frame offset is automatically
CELLF configured based on the subframe configuration type
RAME in a TD-SCDMA_TD-LTE network.
OFFSE TL_FrameOffset_SA2_SSP5(T-L Dual Mode
T SA2+SSP5 frame offset): Indicates that the cell frame
offset is automatically configured based on subframe
LST configuration type 2 and special subframe
CELLF configuration type 5 in a TD-SCDMA_TD-LTE
RAME network.
OFFSE
T GUI Value Range: CustomFrameOffset(User-defined
frame offset), TL_FrameOffset(T-L Dual Mode frame
offset), TL_FrameOffset_SA2_SSP5(T-L Dual Mode
SA2+SSP5 frame offset)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CustomFrameOffset,
TL_FrameOffset, TL_FrameOffset_SA2_SSP5
Default Value: CustomFrameOffset(User-defined
frame offset)
CellFra FrameO ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the offset of the start time of a cell
meOffse ffset CELLF frame against a reference clock source.
t RAME GUI Value Range: 0~261120,275943~307200
OFFSE
T Unit: Ts
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
LTE-A
Introduc
tion
Cell WorkM ADD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates the work mode of the cell. The
ode CELL -001001 Aggrega DL_ONLY mode applies only to the carrier
MOD 01 tion for aggregation scenario.
CELL LAOFD Downlin GUI Value Range: UL_DL(Uplink and downlink),
-001002 k 2CC DL_ONLY(Downlink only), LAA(License Assisted
LST
CELL LAOFD Carrier Access)
-001001 Aggrega Unit: None
03 tion for
Downlin Actual Value Range: UL_DL, DL_ONLY, LAA
TDLAO k 2CC Default Value: UL_DL(Uplink and downlink)
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
Support
for UE
Categor
y6
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Cell FreqBan ADD LBFD-0 Cell Meaning: Indicates the frequency band in which a cell
d CELL 0201803 Selectio operates. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
ADD / n and TS 36.104. For details about the usage of 252 to 255,
CELLB TDLBF Re- see the following LTE-U forum document: eNodeB
AND D-00201 selection Minimum Requirements for LTE-U SDL V1.0.
803 Broadca GUI Value Range: 1~256
LST
CELLB LBFD-0 st of Unit: None
AND 02009/ system
TDLBF informat Actual Value Range: 1~256
MOD D-00200 ion Default Value: None
CELL 9 Multi-
RMV LBFD-0 Band
CELLB 70103/ Compati
AND TDLBF bility
LST D-00201 Enhance
CELL 806 ment
LEOFD- License
111301 d
Assisted
Access
(LAA)
for CA
Cell UlEarfc ADD LBFD-0 Coverag Meaning: Indicates the UL EARFCN of the cell. It is
n CELL 0201801 e Based optional, depending on the setting of the UL EARFCN
MOD / Intra- configuration indicator (UlEarfcnCfgInd). If the value
CELL TDLBF frequenc of this parameter is not specified, the default UL
D-00201 y EARFCN is used, which is calculated based on the
LST 801 Handov DL EARFCN. For details, see 3GPP TS 36.104. This
CELL er parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LBFD-0
0201803 Cell GUI Value Range:
/ Selectio 18000~65535,131072~133121,229376~229575
TDLBF n and Unit: None
D-00201 Re-
803 selection Actual Value Range:
18000~65535,131072~133121,229376~229575
LBFD-0 Broadca
02009/ st of Default Value: 18000
TDLBF system
D-00200 informat
9 ion
EutranIn AnrInd ADD LOFD-0 Automat Meaning: Indicates whether information about inter-
terNFre EUTRA 02001/ ic frequency neighboring cells on the neighboring E-
q NINTE TDLOF Neighbo UTRA frequency can be maintained by ANR. If this
RNFRE D-00200 ur parameter is set to ALLOWED, the information can
Q 1 Relation be maintained by ANR. If this parameter is set to
MOD (ANR) NOT_ALLOWED, the information cannot be
EUTRA maintained by ANR. This parameter applies only to
NINTE LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
RNFRE GUI Value Range:
Q NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED),
LST ALLOWED(ALLOWED)
EUTRA Unit: None
NINTE
Actual Value Range: NOT_ALLOWED, ALLOWED
RNFRE
Q Default Value: ALLOWED(ALLOWED)
EutranIn MlbTarg ADD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates whether the neighboring E-
terNFre etInd EUTRA 01032/ LTE UTRAN frequency can be a target frequency for
q NINTE TDLOF Load MLB. The value ALLOWED indicates that the
RNFRE D-00103 Balancin neighboring E-UTRAN frequency can be a target
Q 2 g frequency for MLB. The value NOT_ALLOWED
MOD LOFD-0 Intra- indicates that the neighboring E-UTRAN frequency
EUTRA 70215/ LTE cannot be a target frequency for MLB. The value
NINTE TDLOF User ALLOWED_WITHOUT_IDLE_MLB indicates that
RNFRE D-07021 Number the neighboring E-UTRAN frequency cannot be a
Q 5 Load target frequency for MLB that transfers UEs by RRC
Balancin connection releases. The value
LST ALLOWED_WITHOUT_CONNECT_MLB indicates
EUTRA g
that the neighboring E-UTRAN frequency cannot be a
NINTE target frequency for MLB that transfers uplink-
RNFRE synchronized UEs. This parameter applies only to
Q LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range:
NOT_ALLOWED(NOT_ALLOWED),
ALLOWED(ALLOWED),
ALLOWED_WITHOUT_IDLE_MLB(ALLOWED_
WITHOUT_IDLE_MLB),
ALLOWED_WITHOUT_CONNECT_MLB(ALLO
WED_WITHOUT_CONNECT_MLB)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_ALLOWED, ALLOWED,
ALLOWED_WITHOUT_IDLE_MLB,
ALLOWED_WITHOUT_CONNECT_MLB
Default Value: ALLOWED(ALLOWED)
CqiAda SimulAc MOD None None Meaning: Indicates whether CQI and ACK/NACK
ptiveCfg kNackA CQIAD can be simultaneously transmitted over the PUCCH of
ndCqiF APTIVE format 3. For details about PUCCH format 3, see
mt3Sw CFG 3GPP TS 36.213. When this parameter is set to OFF,
LST simultaneous transmission is not allowed. When this
CQIAD parameter is set to ON, the IE simultaneousAckNack-
APTIVE AndCQI-Format3-r11 takes the value "Setup",
CFG meaning that simultaneous transmission is allowed.
This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
TDD.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)
Spectru Spectru ADD MRFD- GSM Meaning: Indicates whether to enable the spectrum
mCloud mCloud SPECT 130221 and LTE cloudification feature. When this parameter is set to
Switch RUMCL MRFD- Spectru OFF, spectrum cloudification is disabled. When this
OUD 130222 m parameter is set to
MOD Concurr GL_SPECTRUM_CONCURRENCY, GSM and LTE
SPECT ency spectrum concurrency is enabled. When this
RUMCL (LTE parameter is set to UL_SPECTRUM_SHARING,
OUD FDD) UMTS and LTE spectrum sharing is enabled. This
UMTS parameter applies only to LTE FDD.
LST
SPECT and LTE GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF),
RUMCL Spectru GL_SPECTRUM_CONCURRENCY(GL_SPECTRU
OUD m M_CONCURRENCY),
Sharing UL_SPECTRUM_SHARING(UL_SPECTRUM_SH
(LTE ARING)
FDD) Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF,
GL_SPECTRUM_CONCURRENCY,
UL_SPECTRUM_SHARING
Default Value: OFF(OFF)
UlHetnetJointReceptionSwitch,
UlHetnetCompManualNcellCfgSw,
UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw, SimplePairedCompSw,
VoipPrioSw, UlCompInterBoardType2Sw,
UlCompForVideoSwitch, WideRangeCompSwitch,
EnhancedUlCompSwitch
Default Value: UlJointReceptionSwitch:Off,
UlJointReceptionPhaseIISwitch:Off,
UlCompRollbackSwitch:On,
UlJointReception3CellSwitch:Off, UlHetnetJointRe-
ceptionSwitch:Off, UlHetnetCompManualN-
cellCfgSw:Off, UlHetnetCompOnUlRsrpSw:Off,
SimplePairedCompSw:Off, VoipPrioSw:Off,
UlCompInterBoardType2Sw:Off, UlCompForVideoS-
witch:Off, WideRangeCompSwitch:Off,
EnhancedUlCompSwitch:Off
INTER_RAT_MLB_ALLOWED:On,
INTER_RAT_MLB_LOW_PRIO_IND:Off,
HO_USE_VOIP_FREQ_ALLOWED:Off,
SMART_CA_ALLOWED:Off,
ADMISSION_FORBIDDEN:Off
EutranIn OverlapI ADD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates whether the neighboring cell is
terFreq nd EUTRA 01032/ LTE identified as a neighboring cell overlapping the local
NCell NINTE TDLOF Load E-UTRAN cell. The default value is NO. The
RFREQ D-00103 Balancin parameter value YES indicates that the neighboring
NCELL 2 g cell is identified as a neighboring cell overlapping the
MOD LOFD-0 Automat local E-UTRAN cell. The parameter value NO
EUTRA 02001/ ic indicates that the neighboring cell is not identified as a
NINTE TDLOF Neighbo neighboring cell overlapping the local E-UTRAN cell.
RFREQ D-00200 ur This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
NCELL 1 Relation TDD.
DSP LOFD-0 (ANR) GUI Value Range: NO(NO), YES(YES)
EUTRA 70215/ Intra- Unit: None
NEXTE TDLOF LTE Actual Value Range: NO, YES
NDEDN D-07021 User
CELL 5 Number Default Value: NO(NO)
DSP Load
EUTRA Balancin
NINTE g
RFREQ
NCELL
LST
EUTRA
NINTE
RFREQ
NCELL
CellML CellCap MOD LOFD-0 Intra- Meaning: Indicates the scale factor used to determine
B acitySca CELLM 70215/ LTE the MLB capability of a cell. This factor helps adjust
leFactor LB TDLOF User the MLB target in UE-number-based MLB. The MLB
LST D-07021 Number capability of a cell equals the value calculated by the
CELLM 5 Load cell bandwidth (number of RBs) multiplied by the
LB LOFD-0 Balancin CellCapacityScaleFactor parameter value. MLB with
70204/ g this parameter taking effect aims to achieve even loads
TDLOF Operator in each cell with the same bandwidth. This parameter
D-13121 Load applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
1 Based GUI Value Range: 1~100
Intra- Unit: None
LTE
MLB Actual Value Range: 0.1~10, step: 0.1
Default Value: 10
Tm9Ded Tm9Cc ADD None None Meaning: Indicates the downlink EARFCN of a TM9-
icatedCa DlEarfc TM9DE dedicated carrier. This parameter applies only to LTE
rrier n DICATE FDD.
DCARR GUI Value Range: 0~68585,229376~229575
IER
Unit: None
LST
TM9DE Actual Value Range: 0~68585,229376~229575
DICATE Default Value: None
DCARR
IER
MOD
TM9DE
DICATE
DCARR
IER
RMV
TM9DE
DICATE
DCARR
IER
EmimoFbaSwitch:Off, New4TCodebookSwitch:Off,
4TxTM9MuMimoSwitch:Off, DrxSimulAckNack-
AndCqiSwitch:Off, PreciseAmcSwitch:Off,
EmimoCsiEnhanceSwitch:Off, PUSCH12Switch:Off
CaMgtC DisClou MOD LAOFD Inter- Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of carriers
fg dBBCa CAMG -070202 eNodeB that can be aggregated in the distributed Cloud BB
MaxCc TCFG / CA architecture. This parameter applies only to LTE FDD
Num LST TDLAO based on and LTE TDD.
CAMG FD-110 Coordin GUI Value Range: 2CC(2CC), 3CC(3CC), 4CC(4CC),
TCFG 401 ated 5CC(5CC)
MRFD- eNodeB
Unit: None
101222 FDD
+TDD Actual Value Range: 2CC, 3CC, 4CC, 5CC
MRFD-
101231 Downlin Default Value: 2CC(2CC)
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
FDD)
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
TDD)
GlobalP ItfTypeF MOD LBFD-0 Self- Meaning: Indicates the interface type to support
rocSwitc orNonId GLOBA 02035/ configur coordination features in no-ideal backhaul mode. If
h ealMode LPROC TDLBF ation this parameter is set to EX2(EX2), an eX2 interface is
Serv SWITC D-00203 used for carrying coordinating services in non-ideal
H 6 backhaul mode. If this parameter is set to X2, an X2
LST interface is used for carrying coordinating services in
GLOBA non-ideal backhaul mode. This parameter applies only
LPROC to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
SWITC GUI Value Range: EX2(EX2), X2(X2)
H Unit: None
Actual Value Range: EX2, X2
Default Value: EX2(EX2)
CaMgtC Relaxed MOD LAOFD Inter- Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of carriers
fg Backhau CAMG -080201 eNodeB that can be aggregated in relaxed backhaul scenarios.
lCaMax TCFG / CA This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
CcNum LST TDLAO Based TDD.
CAMG FD-081 on GUI Value Range: 2CC(2CC), 3CC(3CC), 4CC(4CC),
TCFG 402 Relaxed 5CC(5CC)
Backhau
l Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 2CC, 3CC, 4CC, 5CC
Default Value: 2CC(2CC)
CaMgtC Relaxed MOD TDLAO Carrier Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of carriers
fg BHCaUl CAMG FD-081 Aggrega that can be aggregated in the uplink for CA in relaxed
MaxCc TCFG 407 tion for backhaul scenarios. Relaxed-backhaul-based CA in
Num LST LAOFD Uplink the uplink is not supported when this parameter is set
CAMG -080201 2CC to 0CC. The maximum number is two when this
TCFG / Inter- parameter is set to 2CC. This parameter needs to be
TDLAO eNodeB configured only for the PCell. This parameter applies
FD-081 CA only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
402 Based GUI Value Range: 0CC(0CC), 2CC(2CC)
on Unit: None
Relaxed
Backhau Actual Value Range: 0CC, 2CC
l Default Value: 0CC(0CC)
CaMgtC FTRelax MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of FDD and
fg edBHCa CAMG 101222 +TDD TDD component carriers that can be aggregated in the
DLMax TCFG MRFD- Downlin downlink for FDD+TDD CA in relaxed backhaul
CcNum LST 101231 k scenarios. If this parameter is set to DL0CC(DL0CC),
CAMG Carrier relaxed-backhaul-based downlink FDD+TDD CA is
TCFG Aggrega not supported. If this parameter is set to
tion DL2CC(DL2CC), the maximum number is two. This
(LTE parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
FDD) GUI Value Range: DL0CC(DL0CC),
FDD DL2CC(DL2CC), DL3CC(DL3CC),
+TDD DL4CC(DL4CC), DL5CC(DL5CC)
Downlin Unit: None
k
Carrier Actual Value Range: DL0CC, DL2CC, DL3CC,
Aggrega DL4CC, DL5CC
tion Default Value: DL0CC(DL0CC)
(LTE
TDD)
CaMgtC FTRelax MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of carriers
fg edBHCa CAMG 111222 +TDD that can be aggregated in the uplink for FDD+TDD
UlMaxC TCFG MRFD- Uplink CA in relaxed backhaul scenarios. Relaxed-backhaul-
cNum LST 111232 Carrier based FDD+TDD CA in the uplink is not supported
CAMG Aggrega when this parameter is set to 0CC. The maximum
TCFG tion number is two when this parameter is set to 2CC. This
(LTE parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
FDD) GUI Value Range: 0CC(0CC), 2CC(2CC)
FDD Unit: None
+TDD
Uplink Actual Value Range: 0CC, 2CC
Carrier Default Value: 0CC(0CC)
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
TDD)
TASM CLKSY SET MRFD- BTS Meaning: Indicates the clock synchronization mode of
NCMO CLKSY 210501 Clock a BS, which can be frequency synchronization or time
DE NCMO synchronization.
DE MRFD- Multi-
mode GUI Value Range: FREQ(FREQ), TIME(TIME),
121117
DSP BS HYBRID(HYBRID)
CLKST LBFD-0 Commo Unit: None
AT 03005 n Actual Value Range: FREQ, TIME, HYBRID
LST LBFD-0 Referen
CLKSY Default Value: FREQ(FREQ)
0300501 ce
NCMO Clock(G
DE LBFD-0 BTS)
0300503
LBFD-0 Synchro
0300504 nization
LBFD-0 Clock
0300505 Source
Switchin
LBFD-0 g
0300506 Manuall
LOFD-0 y or
03013 Automat
ically
LOFD-0
0301301 Synchro
nization
LOFD-0 with
0301302 GPS
LOFD-0 Synchro
0301303 nization
LOFD-0 with
03023 BITS
TDLBF Synchro
D-00300 nization
5 with
1PPS
TDLBF
D-00300 Synchro
501 nization
with
TDLBF
E1/T1
D-00300
502 Enhance
d
TDLBF
Synchro
D-00300
nization
503
Synchro
TDLBF nization
D-00300 with
505 Ethernet
TDLBF (ITU-T
D-11110 G.8261)
2 IEEE15
TDLOF 88 V2
D-00301 Clock
3 Synchro
TDLOF nization
D-00301 Clock
302 over IP
(Huawei
propriet
ary)
IEEE
1588v2
over
IPv6
Synchro
nization
Clock
Source
Switchin
g
Manuall
y or
Automat
ically
Free-
running
Mode
Synchro
nization
with
GPS
Synchro
nization
with
1PPS
Synchro
nization
with
BeiDou
Enhance
d
Synchro
nization
IEEE15
88 V2
Clock
Synchro
nization
CaMgtC FddTdd MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of FDD and
fg CaDlMa CAMG 101222 +TDD TDD component carriers that can be aggregated in the
xCcNu TCFG MRFD- Downlin downlink. If this parameter is set to 2CC(2CC), the
m LST 101231 k maximum number is two. This parameter applies only
CAMG Carrier to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
TCFG Aggrega GUI Value Range: 2CC(2CC), 3CC(3CC), 4CC(4CC),
tion 5CC(5CC)
(LTE
FDD) Unit: None
CaMgtC SrsBase MOD TDLOF Intra- Meaning: Indicates the SINR threshold for SRSs of
fg dLowEf CAMG D-08121 LTE UEs. This threshold is used to determine whether a
fSinrThl TCFG 2 Backoff UE is a low-efficiency UE. If this parameter is set to a
d LST Load non-255 value, the eNodeB checks the SINR of a UE's
CAMG Balancin SRSs to determine whether the UE is a low-efficiency
TCFG g UE when FDD+TDD CA is performed for the UE
with an LTE TDD cell serving as the PCell. If the
SINR of SRSs of the UE is less than this threshold,
the eNodeB considers the UE as a low-efficiency UE
and changes the LTE FDD cell on the SCC to the
PCell. If this parameter is set to 255, the eNodeB does
not perform these operations in such scenarios. This
parameter applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: -50~50,255
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -50~50,255
Default Value: 255
CaMgtC FddTdd MOD MRFD- FDD Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of FDD and
fg CaUlMa CAMG 101222 +TDD TDD component carriers that can be aggregated in the
xCcNu TCFG MRFD- Downlin uplink. FDD+TDD CA in the uplink is not supported
m LST 101231 k when this parameter is set to 0CC. If this parameter is
CAMG Carrier set to 2CC(2CC), the maximum number is two. This
MRFD- Aggrega parameter must be configured only for the PCell. This
TCFG 111222 tion parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
MRFD- (LTE GUI Value Range: 0CC(0CC), 2CC(2CC)
111232 FDD)
Unit: None
FDD
+TDD Actual Value Range: 0CC, 2CC
Downlin Default Value: 0CC(0CC)
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
TDD)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion(LT
E FDD)
FDD
+TDD
Uplink
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
TDD)
ENodeB HoWith MOD LAOFD Carrier Meaning: Indicates whether to send blind-
AlgoSwi SccCfg ENODE -001001 Aggrega configurable SCells for the source cell in a handover
tch AddBlin BALGO 01/ tion for to the target cell. This function is enabled only if this
dSwitch SWITC TDLAO Downlin parameter is set to ON. This parameter applies only to
H FD-001 k 2CC LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LST 00111 Carrier GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
ENODE LAOFD Aggrega Unit: None
BALGO -001002 tion for
SWITC / Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Downlin
H TDLAO k 2CC Default Value: OFF(Off)
FD-001 in
002 40MHz
LAOFD Support
-001001 for UE
03/ Categor
TDLAO y6
FD-001
Flexible
00102
CA
LAOFD from
-070201 Multiple
/ Carriers
TDLAO
FD-070 Inter-
201 eNodeB
CA
LAOFD based on
-070202 Coordin
LAOFD ated
-080202 eNodeB
LAOFD Carrier
-080201 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-080207 Uplink
2CC
LAOFD
-080208 Inter-
eNodeB
LEOFD-
CA
110303/
Based
TDLEO
on
FD-081
Relaxed
504
Backhau
MRFD- l
101222
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 4CC
and 5CC
FDD
+TDD
Downlin
k
Carrier
Aggrega
tion
(LTE
FDD)
CellRac AcUser MOD LBFD-0 Admissi Meaning: Indicates the maximum number of UEs that
Thd Number CELLR 02023/ on can be admitted to the cell.
ACTHD TDLBF Control GUI Value Range: 0~65535
LST D-00202
3 Unit: None
CELLR
ACTHD Actual Value Range: 0~65535
Default Value: 65535
DrxPara OnDurat ADD LBFD-0 DRX Meaning: Indicates the length of the On Duration
Group ionTime DRXPA 02017/ Breathin Timer. If the configured value does not meet the
r RAGRO TDLBF g Pilot restrictions of CQI reporting intervals and SRS
UP D-00201 transmission intervals, the actual value of this
7 Dynami parameter assigned to a UE may be greater than the
MOD c DRX
DRXPA LEOFD- configured value. This parameter applies only to LTE
RAGRO 111306 RRC FDD and LTE TDD.
UP and GUI Value Range: PSF1(1 PDCCH subframes),
LOFD-0 DRX
LST 0110501 PSF2(2 PDCCH subframes), PSF3(3 PDCCH
Policy subframes), PSF4(4 PDCCH subframes), PSF5(5
DRXPA LTROF for
RAGRO PDCCH subframes), PSF6(6 PDCCH subframes),
D-11120 Public PSF8(8 PDCCH subframes), PSF10(10 PDCCH
UP 3/ Safety subframes), PSF20(20 PDCCH subframes), PSF30(30
TDLOF eMTC PDCCH subframes), PSF40(40 PDCCH subframes),
D-12110 Introduc PSF50(50 PDCCH subframes), PSF60(60 PDCCH
5 tion subframes), PSF80(80 PDCCH subframes),
MLOFD PSF100(100 PDCCH subframes), PSF200(200
-121280 PDCCH subframes), PSF300(300 PDCCH
/ subframes), PSF400(400 PDCCH subframes),
TDLEO PSF500(500 PDCCH subframes), PSF600(600
FD-121 PDCCH subframes), PSF800(800 PDCCH
611 subframes), PSF1000(1000 PDCCH subframes),
PSF1200(1200 PDCCH subframes), PSF1600(1600
PDCCH subframes)
Unit: subframe
Actual Value Range: PSF1, PSF2, PSF3, PSF4, PSF5,
PSF6, PSF8, PSF10, PSF20, PSF30, PSF40, PSF50,
PSF60, PSF80, PSF100, PSF200, PSF300, PSF400,
PSF500, PSF600, PSF800, PSF1000, PSF1200,
PSF1600
Default Value: PSF2(2 PDCCH subframes)
CellPdc ComSig MOD LBFD-0 Physical Meaning: Indicates the CCE aggregation level for
chAlgo Congreg CELLP 02003/ Channel common control signaling. If the
Lv DCCHA TDLBF Manage HOSuccRateBoostOptSwitch option of the
LGO D-00200 ment HoSignalingOptSwitch parameter is selected, the
LST 3 PDCCH CCE aggregation level is changed to level 8
CELLP when an RAR message for a handover is
DCCHA retransmitted. This parameter applies only to LTE
LGO FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: CONGREG_LV4,
CONGREG_LV8
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: CONGREG_LV4,
CONGREG_LV8
Default Value: CONGREG_LV4
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: InterfHighSpeedSW,
HighSpeedUserRedirectSwitch, DlAfcSwitch,
ProcSwitchBasedOnUserSpeed,
SpeedBasedMimoAdpSwitch, FastAutoFreqControlS-
witch, HighSpeedVolteRedirectSwitch,
LowSpeedBlindRedirect, HSCABlindRedirectSw
Default Value: InterfHighSpeedSW:Off,
HighSpeedUserRedirectSwitch:Off, DlAfcSwitch:Off,
ProcSwitchBasedOnUserSpeed:Off,
SpeedBasedMimoAdpSwitch:Off, FastAutoFreqCon-
trolSwitch:Off, HighSpeedVolteRedirectSwitch:Off,
LowSpeedBlindRedirect:Off,
HSCABlindRedirectSw:Off
CellAlg EnhMI MOD LOFD-0 DL 2x2 Meaning: Indicates the switch used to enable or
oSwitch MOSwit CELLA 01001 MIMO disable enhanced MIMO. Admitted UEs are allowed
ch LGOSW LOFD-0 DL 4x2 to enter TM9 or TM10 mode only if the TM9Switch
ITCH 01003 MIMO or TM10Switch option is selected. The
LST TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch option can be selected only
LOFD-0 DL 4x4 after the TM9Switch option is selected. If the
CELLA 01060 MIMO
LGOSW TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch option is selected, UEs
ITCH TDLAO DL 2- meeting certain conditions are allowed to adaptively
FD-001 Layer enter TM4 and TM9 mode. Otherwise, UEs are
00114 MIMO prohibited from adaptively entering TM4 and TM9
TDLAO Based mode. Enhanced MIMO does not apply to the LBBPc.
FD-081 on TM9 The TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch and TM10Switch
409 DL 4- options apply only to LTE FDD. This parameter
Layer applies only to LTE FDD. ChannelRecSwitch:
LAOFD Indicates whether to enable channel reconstruction
-111204 MIMO
Based optimization. Channel reconstruction optimization is
LEOFD- on TM9 enabled only if this option is selected. This option
111307 applies only to LTE FDD. TM9HybridPrecodingS-
Adaptiv witch: Indicates whether to enable the TM9 hybrid
e SFN/ precoding algorithm in massive MIMO scenarios. If
SDMA this option is selected, the TM9 hybrid precoding
with function is enabled to improve the beamforming
TM10 capability of closed-loop TM9 UEs. If this option is
eMIMO deselected, the TM9 hybrid precoding function is
disabled, and the beamforming capability of closed-
loop TM9 UEs remains unchanged. This option
applies only to LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: TM9Switch(TM9Switch),
TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch(TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch),
TM10Switch(TM10Switch),
ChannelRecSwitch(ChannelRecSwitch),
TM9HybridPrecodingSwitch(TM9HybridPrecodingS-
witch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TM9Switch,
TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch, TM10Switch,
ChannelRecSwitch, TM9HybridPrecodingSwitch
Default Value: TM9Switch:Off,
TM4TM9AdaptiveSwitch:Off, TM10Switch:Off,
ChannelRecSwitch:Off, TM9HybridPrecodingS-
witch:Off
CellCsi CsiRsS MOD TDLAO DL 2- Meaning: Indicates whether to configure CSI-RSs for
RsParaC witch CELLC FD-001 Layer UEs. If this parameter is set to NOT_CFG(Not
fg SIRSPA 00114 MIMO configure), the eNodeB does not configure CSI-RSs
RACFG TDLAO Based for UEs. If this parameter is set to FIXED_CFG(Fixed
LST FD-081 on TM9 configure), the eNodeB configures CSI-RSs for UEs
CELLC 409 DL 4- that support CSI-RSs. If this parameter is set to
SIRSPA Layer ADAPTIVE_CFG(ADAPTIVE_CFG), the eNodeB
RACFG MIMO determines whether to configure CSI-RSs for UEs that
Based support CSI-RSs based on the proportion of TM9
on TM9 UEs. When SfnLoadBasedAdptSwitch is deselected in
a TDD cell with adaptive SFN enabled, neither
FIXED_CFG nor ADAPTIVE_CFG takes effect. This
parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
GUI Value Range: NOT_CFG(Not configure),
FIXED_CFG(Fixed configure),
ADAPTIVE_CFG(ADAPTIVE_CFG)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NOT_CFG, FIXED_CFG,
ADAPTIVE_CFG
Default Value: NOT_CFG(Not configure)
CellDlsc RankCh MOD LOFD-0 SFN Meaning: Indicates the MCS index threshold for
hAlgo angeAtt CELLD 03029/ Adaptiv switching between rank 1 or 2 measurement and rank
emptMc LSCHA TDLOF e SFN/ 3 or 4 measurement by 4R UEs. This parameter
sThld LGO D-00107 SDMA applies only to LTE FDD and LTE TDD.
LST 5 GUI Value Range: 3~28
Inter-
CELLD LOFD-0 eNodeB Unit: None
LSCHA 70205/ SFN
LGO TDLOF Actual Value Range: 3~28
Based
D-00200 Default Value: 28
on
8 Coordin
LOFD-0 ated
81208 eNodeB
LOFD-0 Inter-
81209 eNodeB
LAOFD Adaptiv
-001001 e SFN/
01 SDMA
Based
LAOFD
on
-001002
Coordin
LAOFD ated
-070201 eNodeB
LAOFD Carrier
-080202 Aggrega
LAOFD tion for
-080207 Downlin
LAOFD k 2CC
-080208 Carrier
LOFD-0 Aggrega
01060 tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Uplink
2CC
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
DL 4x4
MIMO
CellDlsc RBDam MOD LEOFD- Flexible Meaning: Indicates the IBLER threshold for
hAlgo ageNear CELLD 111302 Bandwi determining cell-center UEs when certain RBs are
PointIbl LSCHA LOFD-0 dth unavailable, or the IBLER threshold for 4R UEs to
erTh LGO 03029/ based on perform rank 3 or 4 measurement when CA and
LST TDLOF Overlap MIMO cooperation, the algorithm of 4x4 MIMO in
CELLD D-00107 Carriers the overlapping areas of an SFN cell, or the algorithm
LSCHA 5 SFN of adaptively entering TM4 and TM9 modes is used.
LGO This parameter applies only to LTE FDD and LTE
LOFD-0 Adaptiv
TDD.
70205/ e SFN/
TDLOF SDMA GUI Value Range: 0~1000
D-00200 Inter- Unit: None
8 eNodeB Actual Value Range: 0~1, step: 0.001
LOFD-0 SFN
Default Value: 20
81208 Based
on
LOFD-0
Coordin
81209
ated
LAOFD eNodeB
-001001 Inter-
01 eNodeB
LAOFD Adaptiv
-001002 e SFN/
LAOFD SDMA
-070201 Based
on
LAOFD
Coordin
-080202
ated
LAOFD eNodeB
-080207 Carrier
LAOFD Aggrega
-080208 tion for
LOFD-0 Downlin
01060 k 2CC
LOFD-0 Carrier
01051 Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 2CC
in
40MHz
Flexible
CA
from
Multiple
Carriers
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Uplink
2CC
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
40MHz
Carrier
Aggrega
tion for
Downlin
k 3CC
in
60MHz
DL 4x4
MIMO
Compac
t
BandWi
dth
18 Counters
19 Glossary
20 Reference Documents
29. Scheduling
30. Dedicated Carrier for TM9 (FDD)
31. USU3900-based Multi-BBU Interconnection
32. USU3910-based Multi-BBU Interconnection
33. eMIMO (FDD)
34. eX2 Self-Management
35. S1 and X2 Self-Management
36. High Speed Mobility
37. IP Performance Monitor
38. Connection Management
39. Admission and Congestion Control
40. DRX and Signaling Control
41. RAN Sharing